+ All Categories
Home > Documents > Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Date post: 02-Apr-2015
Category:
Upload: srin052408
View: 755 times
Download: 8 times
Share this document with a friend
223
The Lighting Handbook
Transcript
Page 1: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

The Lighting Handbook

00_INHALTSVER_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:10 Uhr Seite 1

Page 2: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

1st edition, July 2004

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

00_INHALTSVER_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:21 Uhr Seite 2

Page 3: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 1

Lighting fundamentals

Chapter 2

Recommended values for indoor and outdoor lightingNEW: Based on the new European standards

Chapter 3

Luminaires

Chapter 4

Lamps and ballasts

Chapter 6

Quickplan – Calculating luminaire quantities

Chapter 8

Economic efficiency calculation

Chapter 5

Lighting and room management,Emergency lighting

Chapter 9

Technical information

Chapter 10

Notes

Chapter 7

Lighting refurbishment

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

00_INHALTSVER_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:21 Uhr Seite 1

Page 4: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

00_INHALTSVER_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:21 Uhr Seite 2

Page 5: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

What is light? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Basic parameters used in lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 – 5Luminous flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Luminous intensity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Illuminance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Luminance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

General quality criteria for lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 – 7The right light – traditional and new quality criteria . . 6Illuminance – definition of terminology . . . . . . . . . . . 6 – 7Glare – glare limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Lighting technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 – 9Light colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Colour rendition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Chapter 1

Lighting fundamentals

01_LICHTTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:43 Uhr Seite 1

Page 6: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

01_LICHTTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:43 Uhr Seite 2

Page 7: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

What is light?Light is that part of the electromagnetic spectrum that is perceivedby our eyes.

By day we see in colour, while at night we can only see in shadesof grey.

Chapter 1 / 3

What is light? What does the human eye see?

105

100

10-5

10-10

Wavelength [m] Relative spectralbrightness perception

Television, VSW

Visible light

Medium waves

Radio waves

Microwaves

Infrared

Ultraviolet

X-rays

Gamma rays1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

350 450 550Wavelength [nm]

650 750

Wavelength [m]

Night Day

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

01_LICHTTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:43 Uhr Seite 3

Page 8: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Luminous fluxThe luminous flux describesthe quantity of light emitted by a light source.The luminous efficiency is the ratio of the luminous flux to the electrical powerconsumed (lm/W).It is a measure of a lamp’s economic efficiency.

4 / Chapter 1

Basic parameters used in lightingLuminous flux – Luminous intensity – Illuminance – Luminance

Luminous flux

Lumen [lm]

Luminance L

[lm/(sr*m2)]=[cd/m2]

Illuminance E

Lux [lm/m2]=[lx]

Luminous intensity I

φ

Candela [lm/sr]=[cd]

I = φΩ

ΩL = EL = IA

E = φA

Abbreviation: φ phiUnit: lm lumen

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

01_LICHTTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:43 Uhr Seite 4

Page 9: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 1 / 5

Luminous intensityThe luminous intensitydescribes the quantity of lightthat is radiated in a particulardirection.This is a useful measurementfor directive lighting elementssuch as reflectors. It is repre-sented by the luminous inten-sity distribution curve (LDC).

Abbreviation: ΙUnit: cd candela

IlluminanceIlluminance describes thequantity of luminous flux fallingon a surface. It decreases bythe square of the distance(inverse square law). Relevantstandards specify the requiredilluminance (e.g. EN 12464“Lighting of indoor work-places”).

Illuminance:

E(lx) = luminous flux (lm)area (m2)

Abbreviation: EUnit: lx lux

LuminanceThe luminance is the onlybasic lighting parameter that is perceived by the eye.It specifies the brightness of a surface and is essentiallydependent on its reflectance(finish and colour).

Abbreviation: LUnit: cd/m2

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

01_LICHTTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:43 Uhr Seite 5

Page 10: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

6 / Chapter 1

General quality criteria for lighting The right light – traditional and new quality criteria

NEW

NEW

Quality criteriaQuality criteria

Sufficient illumination level

Appropriate colour rendition

Harmonious brightness distribution

Glare limitation

Avoidance of reflections

Good modelling

Correct light colour

Personal control

Light as an interior design element

Changing lighting situations

Daylight integration

Energy efficiency

TRADITIONAL

TRADITIONAL

Illuminance – definition of terminologyEach term corresponds to the new European standards (see Chapter 2 / 2).

Illuminance maintenance value Em: Value that the illuminancelevel must not fall below in the visual task area.

Visual task area: Illuminance levels are specified for specificvisual tasks and are designed for the area in which these maytake place. If the precise location is not known, then the wholeroom or a specific working area is used to define it. The visualtask area may be a horizontal, vertical or inclined plane.

Area immediately surrounding the visual task area: Here the illuminance may be one level lower than in the visual taskarea (e.g. 300 lx to 500 lx).

Maintenance factor: The initial value multiplied by the mainten-ance factor gives the illuminance maintenance value. The main-tenance factor accounts for the reduction in luminous flux fromlamps, luminaires and room surfaces in the installation, and canbe determined on a case-by-case basis.The maintenance schedule (the cleaning and maintenanceintervals for the lamps and installation) must be documented.See also the chapter on “Economic efficiency calculation”.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

01_LICHTTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:43 Uhr Seite 6

Page 11: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

effe

ctre

med

y

Chapter 1 / 7

Glare – glare limitationDirect glare Reflected glare

caus

e• luminaires without glare control

• very bright surfaces

• loss of concentration• more frequent mistakes• fatigue

• luminaires with limited luminance levels

• blinds

• reflective surfaces• incorrect luminaire arrangement• incorrect workstation position

• loss of concentration• more frequent mistakes• fatigue

• matching luminaire to workstation (layout)

• indirect lighting• matt surfaces

relative illuminance (%)

operating time

150

125

100

75

50

25

initial value

mainten- ancevalue

Maintenance value = maintenance factor x initial value

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

01_LICHTTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:43 Uhr Seite 7

Page 12: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

8 / Chapter 1

Lighting technologyUnder the new European standard for interior workplace lightingEN 12464, (psychological) glare is assessed by the unified glarerating method (UGR), which is based on a formula for glare.It takes account of all the luminaires in a system contributing to the sensation of glare. UGR tables derived from this formula areprovided by the manufacturers for glare rating.The Quickplan tables in Chapter 6 and the lighting cataloguescontain reference values for specific room sizes.

The UGR method takes account of all the luminaires in thesystem that contribute to the glare sensation (2) as well as thebrightness of walls and ceilings (1). It produces a UGR index.

The two methods – the one set out in DIN 5035 and the onedefined in EN 12464 – produce comparable results.

UGR limits (UGRL), that must not be exceeded:

≤ 16 Technical drawing≤ 19 Reading, writing, training, meetings,

computer-based work≤ 22 Craft and light industries≤ 25 Heavy industry≤ 28 Railway platforms, foyers

UGR = 8 log 0,25Lb

L2 P2

(1) (2)( )

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

01_LICHTTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:43 Uhr Seite 8

Page 13: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 1 / 9

The previously used luminance limiting curve method defined inDIN 5035 assesses the mean luminance of the luminaires over a beam angle of 45° to 85°. The new European standard sets UGR = 19 as the maximum permissible value for offices, whichis equivalent to the luminance limiting curve for 500 lx in Qualityclass 1.

85°

75°

65°

55°

45°

A

=

45°

=

85°

a h s

8 6 4 3 2 18

103

104

23

44

56

82

3

Lum

inan

ce L

in c

d/m

2

Qual

ity c

lass

A 1 2 3

1000

2000

750

1500

500

1000

750

<30

050

0<

300

2000

1000

500

<30

020

0010

0050

0<

300

for n

omin

al i

llum

inan

ce (l

x)

UGR L

1316

1922

2528

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

01_LICHTTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:43 Uhr Seite 9

Page 14: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

10 / Chapter 1

Colour rendition

Colour rendition index Ra

Daylight

Incandescent lamp

Sodium vapour high-pressure lamp

≥ 90 80–89 70–79 60–69 40–59 20–39

Compact fluorescent lamp

Fluorescent lamp

Mercury vapour high-pressure lamp

Metal halide lamp

Light colourThe light colour describes the colour appearance of the light.

Colour temperature Appearance Association

ww up to 3,300 K reddish warm

nw 3,300 K – 5,300 K white intermediate

tw above 5,300 K blue-ish cool

The light colour sets the underlying mood of the room!

Application examples:

Ra ≥ 90: colour inspectionRa 80–89: officesRa 70–79: electronics industry

Ra 60–69: assembly workRa 40–59: fabrication shopRa 20–39: warehouses

8 40

Ra ≥ 80

Colour temperature 4,000 K (nw)

Display format on fluorescent lamps

Example 840:

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

01_LICHTTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:43 Uhr Seite 10

Page 15: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Standard values for lighting of indoor and outdoor workplaces and sports facility lighting . . . . . . . 2

Indoor workplacesTraffic zones and general areas inside buildings . . . . 3Industrial activities and crafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 – 7Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Retail premises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Places of public assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Educational premises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 – 9Health care premises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 – 10Transportational areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 – 11Sports facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 – 12

Outdoor workplacesGeneral circulation areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Airports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Building sites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Canals, locks and harbours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Farms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Fuel filling service stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Industrial sites and storage areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Off-shore gas and oil structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Parking lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Petrochemical and other hazardous industries . . . . . 14 – 15Power, electricity, gas and heat plants . . . . . . . . . . . 15Railway areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Saw mills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Shipyards and docks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Water and sewage plants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Chapter 2

Standard values for indoor and outdoor lighting

02_INNENRAUM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:45 Uhr Seite 1

Page 16: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Em gives the illuminance maintenance values specified in theEuropean standards which partially or completely replacenational standards (e.g. DIN 5035, Austrian standard O 1040,Swiss lighting standard SLG 8912, DIN 67526).

“Lighting of indoor workplaces”, EN 12464-1 (April 2003)

“Lighting of outdoorwork places”, pr EN 12464-2

“Sports facility lighting”, EN 12193 (September 1999)

(see also “Definition of terminology”, Chapter 1 / 6)

Illuminance levels must not fall below the Em maintenancevalues in the visual task area. If the precise location is notknown, the limit should be applied to the whole room or aspecific working area.

Example for an office task area:

The maintenance factorscan be determined on a case-by-case basis from the manufacturer’s data (see also Chapter 8).

The maintenance factors and schedules for Zumtobel Staffluminaires are given in the Quickplan tables (Chapter 6).

Where no individual maintenance data is available, the followingvalues are recommended as reference maintenance factors formodern technology and three-yearly maintenance: 0.67 in aclean atmosphere, and 0.50 in very dirty environments.

EN 12464 specifies that the lighting designer must documentthe maintenance factor and maintenance schedule.

UGRL is the upper limit for direct glare. The UGR value calculatedin the design process must lie below this (the Quickplan tablesgive the UGR figure for the luminaire used in a medium-sizereference room).

Ra is the lower limit for the colour rendition index. The Ra of theselected lamp must be equal to or greater than this value.

Standard values for lighting of indoor andoutdoor workplaces and sports facility lighting

height = 0.75 m

taa

task areatask area

user floor-area1.00 m

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

02_INNENRAUM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:45 Uhr Seite 2

Page 17: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Traffic zones and general areas inside buildingsTraffic zones• Circulation areas and corridors 100 28 40• Stairs, escalators, travolators 150 25 40• Loading ramps/bays 150 25 40Rest, sanitation and first aid rooms• Canteens, pantries 200 22 80• Rest rooms 100 22 80• Rooms for physical exercise 300 22 80• Cloakrooms, washrooms, bathrooms, toilets 200 25 80• Sick bay 500 19 80• Rooms for medical attention 500 16 90Control rooms• Plant rooms, switch gear rooms 200 25 60• Telex, post room, switchboard 500 19 80Store rooms, cold stores• Store and stockrooms 100 25 60• Dispatch packing handling areas 300 25 60Storage rack areas• Gangways: unmanned 20 – 40• Gangways: manned 150 22 60• Control stations 150 22 60

Industrial activities and craftsAgriculture• Loading and operating of goods, handling

equipment and machinery 200 25 80• Buildings for livestock 50 – 40• Sick animal pens; calving stalls 200 25 80• Feed preparation; dairy; utensil washing 200 25 80Bakeries• Preparation and baking 300 22 80• Finishing, glazing, decorating 500 22 80Cement, cement goods, concrete, bricks• Drying 50 28 20• Preparation of materials; work on kilns

and mixers 200 28 40• General machine work 300 25 80• Rough forms 300 25 80Ceramics, tiles, glass, glassware• Drying 50 28 20• Preparation, general machine work 300 25 80• Enamelling, rolling, pressing, shaping

simple parts, glazing, glass blowing 300 25 80• Grinding, engraving, glass polishing,

shaping precision parts, manufactureof glass instruments 750 19 80

Chapter 2 / 3

Type of interior,task or activity Em UGRL Ra

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

02_INNENRAUM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:45 Uhr Seite 3

Page 18: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

4 / Chapter 2

• Grinding of optical glass, crystal, hand grinding and engraving 750 16 80

• Precision work e.g. decorative grinding,hand painting 1000 16 90

• Manufacture of synthetic precious stones 1500 16 90Chemical, plastics and rubber industry• Remote-operated processing installations 50 – 20• Processing installations with limited manual

intervention 150 28 40• Constantly manned work places in processing

installations 300 25 80• Precision measuring rooms, laboratories 500 19 80• Pharmaceutical production 500 22 80• Tyre production 500 22 80• Colour inspection 1000 16 90• Cutting, finishing, inspection 750 19 80Electrical industry• Cable and wire manufacture 300 25 80• Winding:

– large coils 300 25 80– medium-sized coils 500 22 80– small coils 750 19 80

• Coil impregnating 300 25 80• Galvanising 300 25 80• Assembly work:

– rough e.g. large transformers 300 25 80– medium e.g. switchboards 500 22 80– fine e.g. telephones 750 19 80– precision e.g. measuring equipment 1000 16 80

• Electronic workshops, testing, adjusting 1500 16 80Food stuffs and luxury food industry• Work places and zones in

– breweries, malting floor– for washing, barrel filling, cleaning, sieving,

peeling– cooking in preserve and chocolate factories– work places and zones in sugar factories– for drying and fermenting raw tobacco,

fermentation cellar 200 25 80• Sorting and washing of products, milling,

mixing, packing 300 25 80• Work places and critical zones in slaughter

houses, butchers, dairies mills, on filteringfloor in sugar refineries 500 25 80

• Cutting and sorting of fruit and vegetables 300 25 80• Manufacture of delicatessen foods, kitchen

work, manufacture of cigars and cigarettes 500 22 80• Inspection of glasses and bottles, product

control, trimming, sorting, decoration 500 22 80

Type of interior,task or activity Em UGRL Ra

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

02_INNENRAUM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:45 Uhr Seite 4

Page 19: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 2 / 5

• Laboratories 500 19 80• Colour inspection 1000 16 90Foundries and metal casting• Man-size underfloor tunnels, cellars, etc. 50 – 20• Platforms 100 25 40• Sand preparation 200 25 80• Dressing room 200 25 80• Work places at cupola and mixer 200 25 80• Casting bay 200 25 80• Shake out areas 200 25 80• Machine moulding 200 25 80• Hand and core moulding 300 25 80• Die casting 300 25 80• Model building 500 22 80Hairdressers• Hairdressing 500 19 90Jewellery manufacturing• Working with precious stones 1500 16 90• Manufacture of jewellery 1000 16 90• Watch making (manual) 1500 16 80• Watch making (automatic) 500 19 80Laundries and dry cleaning• Goods in, marking and sorting 300 25 80• Washing and dry cleaning 300 25 80• Ironing, pressing 300 25 80• Inspection and repairs 750 19 80Leather and leather goods• Work on vats, barrels, pits 200 25 40• Fleshing, skiving, rubbing, tumbling of skins 300 25 80• Saddlery work, shoe manufacture: stitching,

sewing, polishing, shaping, cutting, punching 500 22 80• Sorting 500 22 90• Leather dyeing (machine) 500 22 80• Quality control 1000 19 80• Colour inspection 1000 16 90• Shoe making 500 22 80• Glove making 500 22 80Metal working and processing• Open die forging 200 25 60• Drop forging 300 25 60• Welding 300 25 60• Rough and average machining:

tolerances ≥ 0.1 mm 300 22 60• Precision machining; grinding:

tolerances < 0.1 mm 500 19 60• Scribing; inspection 750 19 60• Wire and pipe drawing shops; cold forming 300 25 60• Plate machining: thickness ≥ 5 mm 200 25 60

Type of interior,task or activity Em UGRL Ra

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

02_INNENRAUM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:45 Uhr Seite 5

Page 20: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

6 / Chapter 2

• Sheet metalwork: thickness < 5 mm 300 22 60• Tool making; cutting equipment manufacture 750 19 60• Assembly:

– rough 200 25 80– medium 300 25 80– fine 500 22 80– precision 750 19 80

• Galvanising 300 25 80• Surface preparation and painting 750 25 80• Tool, template and jig making, precision

mechanics, micromechanics 1000 19 80Paper and paper goods• Edge runners, pulp mills 200 25 80• Paper manufacture and processing, paper and

corrugating machines, cardboard manufacture 300 25 80• Standard bookbinding work, e.g. folding, sorting,

gluing, cutting, embossing, sewing 500 22 80Power stations• Fuel supply plant 50 – 20• Boiler house 100 28 40• Machine halls 200 25 80• Side rooms, e.g. pump rooms, condenser

rooms etc.; switchboards (inside buildings) 200 25 60• Control rooms 500 16 80• Outdoor switch gear 20 – 20Printers• Cutting, gilding, embossing, block engraving,

work on stones and platens, printing machines,matrix making 500 19 80

• Paper sorting and hand printing 500 19 80• Type setting, retouching, lithography 1000 19 80• Colour inspection in multicoloured printing 1500 16 90• Steel and copper engraving 2000 16 80Rolling mills, iron and steel works• Production plants without manual operation 50 – 20• Production plants with occasional manual

operation 150 28 40• Production plants with continuous manual

operation 200 25 80• Slab Store 50 – 20• Furnaces 200 25 20• Mill train; coiler; shear line 300 25 40• Control platforms; control panels 300 22 80• Test, measurement and inspection 500 22 80• Underfloor man-sized tunnels; belt sections;

cellars etc. 50 – 20Textile manufacture and processing• Work places and zones in baths, bale opening 200 25 60

Type of interior,task or activity Em UGRL Ra

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

02_INNENRAUM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:45 Uhr Seite 6

Page 21: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 2 / 7

• Carding, washing, ironing, devilling machine work,drawing, combing, sizing, card cutting,pre-spinning, jute and hemp spinning 300 22 80

• Spinning, plying, reeling, winding 500 22 80• Warping, weaving, braiding, knitting 500 22 80• Sewing, fine knitting, taking up stitches 750 22 80• Manual design, drawing patterns 750 22 90• Finishing, dyeing 500 22 80• Drying room 100 28 60• Automatic fabric printing 500 25 80• Burling, picking, trimming 1000 19 80• Colour inspection; fabric control 1000 16 90• Invisible mending 1500 19 90• Hat manufacturing 500 22 80Vehicle construction• Body work and assembly 500 22 80• Painting, spraying chamber, polishing chamber 750 22 80• Painting: touch-up, inspection 1000 19 90• Upholstery manufacture (manned) 1000 19 80• Final inspection 1000 19 80Wood working and processing• Automatic processing e.g. drying,

plywood manufacturing 50 28 40• Steam pits 150 28 40• Saw frame 300 25 60• Work at joiner’s bench, gluing, assembly 300 25 80• Polishing, painting, fancy joinery 750 22 80• Work on wood working machines e.g. turning,

fluting, dressing, rebating, grooving, cutting,sawing, sinking 500 19 80

• Selection of veneer woods 750 22 90• Marquetry, inlay work 750 22 90• Quality control, inspection 1000 19 90

OfficesOffices• Filing, copying, etc. 300 19 80• Writing, typing, reading, data processing 500 19 80• Technical drawing 750 16 80• CAD work stations 500 19 80• Conference and meeting rooms 500 19 80• Reception desk 300 22 80• Archives 200 25 80

Retail premisesRetail premises• Sales area 300 22 80• Till area 500 19 80• Wrapper table 500 19 80

Type of interior,task or activity Em UGRL Ra

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

02_INNENRAUM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:45 Uhr Seite 7

Page 22: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

8 / Chapter 2

Places of public assemblyGeneral areas• Entrance halls 100 22 80• Cloakrooms 200 25 80• Lounges 200 22 80• Ticket offices 300 22 80Restaurants and hotels• Reception/cashier desk, porters desk 300 22 80• Kitchen 500 22 80• Restaurant, dining room, function room – – 80• Self-service restaurant 200 22 80• Buffet 300 22 80• Conference rooms 500 19 80• Corridors 100 25 80Theatres, concert halls, cinemas• Practice rooms, dressing rooms 300 22 80Trade fairs, exhibition halls• General lighting 300 22 80Museums• Exhibits, insensitive to light• Light sensitive exhibitsLibraries• Bookshelves 200 19 80• Reading area 500 19 80• Counters 500 19 80Public car parks (indoor)• In/out ramps (during the day) 300 25 20• In/out ramps (at night) 75 25 20• Traffic lanes 75 25 20• Parking areas 75 – 20• Ticket office 300 19 80

Educational premisesNursery school, play school• Play room 300 19 80• Nursery 300 19 80• Handicraft room 300 19 80Educational buildings• Classrooms, tutorial rooms 300 19 80• Classroom for evening classes and adults

education 500 19 80• Lecture hall 500 19 80• Black board 500 19 80• Demonstration table 500 19 80• Art rooms 500 19 80• Art rooms in art schools 750 19 90• Technical drawing rooms 750 16 80

Type of interior,task or activity Em UGRL Ra

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

02_INNENRAUM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:45 Uhr Seite 8

Page 23: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 2 / 9

• Practical rooms and laboratories 500 19 80• Handicraft rooms 500 19 80• Teaching workshop 500 19 80• Music practice rooms 300 19 80• Computer practice rooms (menu driven) 300 19 80• Language laboratory 300 19 80• Preparation rooms and workshops 500 22 80• Entrance halls 200 22 80• Circulation areas, corridors 100 25 80• Stairs 150 25 80• Student common rooms and assembly halls 200 22 80• Teachers rooms 300 19 80• Library: bookshelves 200 19 80• Library: reading areas 500 19 80• Stock rooms for teaching materials 100 25 80• Sports halls, gymnasiums, swimming pools

(general use) 300 22 80• School canteens 200 22 80• Kitchen 500 22 80

Health care premisesRooms for general use• Waiting rooms 200 22 80• Corridors: during the day 200 22 80• Corridors: during the night 50 22 80• Day rooms 200 22 80Staff rooms• Staff office 500 19 80• Staff rooms 300 19 80Wards, maternity wards• General lighting 100 19 80• Reading lighting 300 19 80• Simple examinations 300 19 80• Examination and treatment 1000 19 90• Night lighting, observation lighting 5 – 80• Bathrooms and toilets for patients 200 22 80Examination rooms (general)• General lighting 500 19 90• Examination and treatment 1000 19 90Eye examination rooms• General lighting 300 19 80• Examination of the outer eye 1000 – 90• Reading and colour vision tests with vision

charts 500 16 90Ear examination rooms• General lighting 300 19 80• Ear examination 1000 – 90

Type of interior,task or activity Em UGRL Ra

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

02_INNENRAUM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:45 Uhr Seite 9

Page 24: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

10 / Chapter 2

Scanner rooms• General lighting 300 19 80• Scanners with image enhancers and television

systems 50 19 80Delivery rooms• General lighting 300 19 80• Examination and treatment 1000 19 80Treatment rooms (general)• Dialysis 500 19 80• Dermatology 500 19 90• Endoscopy rooms 300 19 80• Plaster rooms 500 19 80• Medical baths 300 19 80• Massage and radiotherapy 300 19 80Operating areas• Pre-op and recovery rooms 500 19 90• Operating theatre 1000 19 90• Operating cavityIntensive care unit• General lighting 100 19 90• Simple examinations 300 19 90• Examination and treatment 1000 19 90• Night watch 20 19 90Dentists• General lighting 500 19 90• At the patient 1000 – 90• Operating cavity 5000 – 90• White teeth matching 5000 – 90Laboratories and pharmacies• General lighting 500 19 80• Colour inspection 1000 19 90Decontamination rooms• Sterilisation rooms 300 22 80• Disinfection rooms 300 22 80Autopsy rooms and mortuaries• General lighting 500 19 90• Autopsy table and dissecting table 5000 – 90

Transportational areasAirports• Arrival and departure halls, baggage claim

areas 200 22 80• Connecting areas, escalators, travolators 150 22 80• Information desks, check-in desks 500 19 80• Customs and passport control desks 500 19 80• Waiting areas 200 22 80• Luggage store rooms 200 25 80• Security check areas 300 19 80

Type of interior,task or activity Em UGRL Ra

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

02_INNENRAUM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:45 Uhr Seite 10

Page 25: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 2 / 11

• Air traffic control tower 500 16 80• Testing and repair hangars 500 22 80• Engine test areas 500 22 80• Measuring areas in hangars 500 22 80Railway installations• Covered platforms and passenger subways

(underpasses) 50 28 40• Ticket hall and concourse 200 28 40• Ticket and luggage offices and counters 300 19 80• Waiting rooms 200 22 80

Sport facilitiesThe following values are based on top level competition and correspond to EN 12193 and EN 12464Ra value of 80 is preferableFor training purposes, a UGRL rating of 19 should bei adhered to• Aerobics 500 60• Archery 200 60• Athletics (all disciplines) 500 60• Badminton 750 60• Basketball 750 60• Billards 750 80• Boccia 300 60• Boules 300 60• Bowling 200 60• Bowls 500 60• Boxing (competition/training) 2000/300 80• Climbing 500 60• Cricket 750 60• Cricket nets 1500 60• Curling (target/playing area) 300/200 60• Cycling 750 60• Dancing (fitness) 500 60• Darts 200 60• Fencing 750 60• Football (indoor) 750 60• Gymnastics 500 60• Handball 750 60• Hockey 750 60• Ice hockey 750 60• Ice skating 750 60• Judo 750 60• Kendo/Karate 750 60• Netball 750 60• Petanque 300 60• Racketball 750 60• Riding 500 60• Roller skating 500 60• School sports 750 60

Type of interior,task or activity Em UGRL Ra

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

02_INNENRAUM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:45 Uhr Seite 11

Page 26: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

12 / Chapter 2

• Shooting 200 60• Snooker 750 80• Speed skating 500 60• Squash 750 60• Swimming 300 80• Swimmung (school level) 500 60• Table tennis 750 60• Tennis 750 60• Volleyball 750 60• Weight lifting 750 60• Wrestling 750 60

Type of interior,task or activity Em Ra

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

02_INNENRAUM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:45 Uhr Seite 12

Page 27: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

General circulation areas• Walkways exclusively for pedestrians 5 20• Traffic areas for slowly moving vehicles max. (10 km/h),

e.g. bicycles, trucks and excavators 10 20• Regular vehicle traffic (max. 40 km/h) 20 20• Pedestrian passages, vehicle turning,

loading and unloading points 50 20

Airports• Hangar apron 20 20• Terminal apron 30 40• Loading areas 50 40• Fuel depot 50 40

Building sites• General lighting at building sites 50 20• Clearance, excavation and loading 20 20• Drain pipes mounting, transport, auxiliary and

storage tasks 50 20• Framework element mounting, light reinforcement

work, wooden mould and framework mounting,electric piping and cabling 100 40

• Element jointing, demanding electrical,machine and pipe mountings 200 40

Canals, locks and harbours• Waiting quays at canals and locks 10 20• Gangways and passages exclusively for pedestrians,

waiting areas 10 20• Outport embankment ballasting at canals and locks 20 20• Lock control area 20 20• Cargo handling, loading and unloading 50 20• Passenger areas in passenger harbours 50 20• Coupling of hoses, pipes and ropes 50 20• Dangerous part of walkways and driveways.

(See also parking areas) 50 20

Farms• Farm yard 20 20• Equipment shed (open) 50 20• Animals sorting pen 50 20

Fuel filling service stations• Vehicle parking and storage areas 5 20• Entry and exit driveways: dark environment 20 20• Entry and exit driveways: light environment (i.e. cities) 50 20• Air pressure and water checking points and

other service areas 150 20• Meter reading area 150 20

Type of area,task or activity Em Ra

Chapter 2 / 13The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

02_INNENRAUM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:45 Uhr Seite 13

Page 28: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

14 / Chapter 2

Industrial sites and storage areas• Short term handling of large units and raw materials,

loading and unloading of solid bulk goods 20 20• Continuous handling of large units and raw materials,

loading and unloading of freight, lifting and descendinglocation for cranes, open loading platforms 50 20

• Reading of addresses, covered loading platforms,use of tools, ordinary reinforcement and casting tasks in concrete plants 100 20

• Demanding electrical, machine and piping installations, inspection 200 20

Off-shore gas and oil structures• Drill floor and monkey board 300 40• Rotary table 500 40• Pipe rack area/deck 150 40• Derrick 100 40• Mud room, sampling 300 40• Test station, shale shaker, wellhead 200 40Process areas:• Pumping areas 200 20• Crude oil pumps 300 40• Treatment areas 100 40• Ladders, stairs, walkways 100 20• Plant areas 300 40• Boat landing areas/transport areas 100 20• Life boat areas 200 20• Sea surface below the rig 30 20• Helideck 100 20

Parking lots• Light traffic, e.g. parking lots of shops, schools,

churches, terraced and apartment houses 5 20• Medium traffic, e.g. parking lots of department stores,

office buildings, plants, sports and multipurpose building complexes 10 20

• Heavy traffic, e.g. parking lots of major shopping centres,major sports and multipurpose building complexes 20 20

Petrochemical and other hazardous industries• Handling of servicing tools, utilisation of manually regulated

valves, starting and stopping motors, lighting of burners 20 20• Filling and emptying of container trucks and wagons

with risk free substances, inspection of leakage,piping and packing 50 20

• Filling and emptying of container trucks and wagons with dangerous substances, replacements of pump packing, general service work, reading of instruments 100 40

Type of area,task or activity Em Ra

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

02_INNENRAUM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:45 Uhr Seite 14

Page 29: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 2 / 15

• Repair of machines and electric devices 200 60• Fuel loading and unloading sites 100 20

Power, electricity, gas and heat plants• Pedestrian movements within electrically safe areas 5 20• Handling of servicing tools, coal 20 20• Overall inspection 50 20• General servicing work and reading of instruments 100 40• Wind tunnels: servicing and maintenance 100 40• Repair of electric devices 200 60

Railway areasPassenger areas:• Open platforms, small stations, rural and local trains 15 40• Open platforms, medium-size stations, suburban and

regional trains 20 40• Open platforms, large stations, inter-city services 50 40• Covered platforms, medium-size stations, suburban

and regional trains 50 40• Covered platforms, large stations, inter-city services 100 40• Stairs, small and medium-size stations 50 40• Stairs, large stations 100 40• Walkways, small and medium-size stations 20 40• Walkways, big stations 50 40Freight areas:• Freight track, short duration operations 10 20• Freight track, continuous operation 20 20• Open platforms 20 40• Covered platform, short duration operations 50 40• Covered platform, continuous operation 100 40• Railway yards handling areas 30 20• Railway yards: flat marshalling, retarder and

classification yards 10 20• Hump areas 10 20• Wagon inspection pit 100 40• Coupling area 50 20• Tracks in passenger station areas, including stabling 10 20• Servicing trains and locomotives 20 40• Level crossings 20 20

Saw mills• Timber handling on land and in water, sawdust and

chip conveyors 20 20• Sorting of timber on land or in water, timber unloading

points and sawn timber loading points, mechanical lifting to timber conveyor 50 20

• Reading of addresses and markings of sawn timber 100 40• Grading and packaging 200 40• Feeding into stripping and chopping machines 300 40

Type of area,task or activity Em Ra

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

02_INNENRAUM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:45 Uhr Seite 15

Page 30: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

16 / Chapter 2

Extracts from

EN 12464-1EN 12464-2 (draft)EN 12193

by kind permission of the Austrian Norm Institute,A-1020 Viennahttp://www.on-norm.at

Shipyards and docks• Short term handling of large units 20 20• Cleaning of ship hull 50 20• Painting and welding of ship hull 100 60• Mounting of electrical and mechanical components 200 60• General lighting of shipyard area, storage areas

for prefabricated goods 20 40

Water and sewage plants• Handling of service tools, utilisation of manually

operated valves, starting and stopping of motors,piping packing and raking plants 50 20

• Handling of chemicals, inspection of leakage,changing of pumps, general servicing work,reading of instruments 100 40

• Repair of motors and electric devices 200 60

Type of area,task or activity Em Ra

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

02_INNENRAUM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:45 Uhr Seite 16

Page 31: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3

Luminaires

Zumtobel Staff applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Types of lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 – 5

X as in XENO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 – 7x-tra strong lighting accents

STARFLEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 – 11Modular fibre-optic system

PANOS L and H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 – 13Multitalented downlights

PANOS S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14More degrees of vertical freedom

PANOS M/MWW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Impressive and powerful

LIGHT FIELDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 – 17Modular micro-pyramidal lighting system

MELLOW LIGHT IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 – 19A piece of sky

MIRAL T16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 – 21Surface-mounted louvre luminaire

MIREL T16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 – 23Recessed louvre luminaire

MIRAL/MIREL T16 BWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Louvre luminaire for sports halls

AERO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 – 26High-tech light with waveguide

OREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Double array (waveguide luminaire)

RTX II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 – 29Design-oriented continuous-row lighting system

LED luminaires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 – 31From semiconductor to lighting innovation

FREE-STANDING UPLIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 – 33LIGHT FIELDS-S, KAREA, LANOS, FLEXOS

TECTON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 – 35Continuous-row lighting system

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 1

Page 32: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 2

Page 33: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3 / 3

Office and Education

• Intensifies sense of well-being• Improves human factors• Increases motivation• Creates sense of identity

Health & Care

• Encourages relaxation• Facilitates convalescence• Encourages rehabilitation• Creates feel-good atmosphere

Sport and Leisure

• Facilitates identification• Encourages self discovery• Celebrates surfaces• Stimulates performance

Industry and Engineering

• Provides time reference• Prevents accidents• Reduces stress• Boosts productivity

Art and Culture

• Conveys information• Sets the stage for art• Structures content• Adapts concepts

Hotels and Restaurants

• Creates an unmistakeable look• Paints a backdrop for events• Stimulates sense of well-being• Stimulates communication

Presentation and Retail• Makes objects look attractive• Creates branded landscapes• Gets message across• Shopping becomes an

experience

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 3

Page 34: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

4 / Chapter 3

Types of lighting

Direct lighting:

– highly directional– strong glare reduction at certain angles– dark ceiling (cave effect)– limited choice of workstation layout– energy-efficient

Indirect lighting:

– diffuse lighting conditions– room gains in height– glare-free– workstations can be positioned anywhere– low energy efficiency

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 4

Page 35: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3 / 5

Indirect/direct lighting:

– pleasant room impression– high user acceptance– good contrast ratios– flexible workstation layout

(indirect component > 60 %)

Mellow Light:

– indirect/direct solution for low ceiling heights– workstations can be positioned anywhere– glare-free– reduced luminance levels at all viewing angles– gives impression of daylight in room

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 5

Page 36: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

6 / Chapter 3

XENO QR-CBC covers a hugespectrum of applications thanksto its use of low-voltage halogencool-beam reflector lamps withbeam angles from superspot toflood.

X as in XENO – x-tra strong lighting accents

XENO is a spotlight generationfor professionally setting thelighting stage, providing ideallight for display, accentuationand presentation whether inshops and malls, exhibitionsand trade fairs, or galleriesand museums. The newspotlight-system range,with models ranging from LV halogen lamps to projec-tion spotlights, is comple-mented by a huge choice ofaccessories such as filters,glass covers, lenses, honey-comb louvres or anti-glareblades.

Basically, all spotlights have the following features: they rotate through 365°, the X-joint pivots through 90°. Low-voltagemodels are dimmable via rotarypotentiometer on the spotlight.

XENO QT 12, fitted with theQT 12–100 W low-voltagehalogen lamp, as superspot 8°,spot 15° and flood 40°.

With choice of additional opticalsystems.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 6

Page 37: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3 / 7

XENO HST: By using high-pres-sure sodium vapour lamps, thespotlight (spot 10°/flood 40°)provides good colour rendition,particularly for warmer colourtones.

XENO HIT-CRI has beenoptimised for HIT-CRI metalhalide lamps with single-endedbase (70 W to 150 W).PulseControl starters monitorlamp parameters and guaranteeoptimum performance.XENO HIT-CRI is available as superspot 10°, spot 15°,flood 35° and superflood 50°.

PROJECTOR: The XENO pro-jection spotlight is a high-performance compact spotlightsystem for accentuation orsharply outlined projection oflogos, gobos or slides. Separatemotor control of slide andcolour magazine allows the useof various patterns and colourfilters.

XENO QR 111 is particularlysuitable for impressive accentlighting. Can be used withQR 111 LV halogen lamps in50 W, 75 W or 100 W versions.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 7

Page 38: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

8 / Chapter 3

STARFLEX – Modular fibre optic system

System components

QR-CBC 50 W/100 W

Light engine Accessories

HIT 35 W/70 W

HIT 150 W/250 WHIT 150 W/250 W controllable

IP 54 150 W/250 WIP 54 150 W/250 W controllable

Colour-wheel module

Sparkle-effect wheel module

Static colourfilters

Colour tempera-ture correctionfilters

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 8

Page 39: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3 / 9

Optical fibres Light outlets (selection)

Terminal light emitting glass fibres

Terminal light emitting PMMA fibres

Side-radiating PMMA fibres

Adjustable light outlet

Crystal light outlet

Light outlet for stairway/path lighting

Curved tube light outlet

Projection attachment

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 9

Page 40: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

10 / Chapter 3

Fibre Properties ApplicationsmaterialGlass – can withstand relatively high – glass display cases in

temperatures (up to 110 °C) museums– extremely long service life – saunas and steam baths

(in excess of 20 years) – hotel and restaurant – relatively tight bending radius lighting– projects preferring

relatively warm light colourPMMA – cheaper than glass – applications requiring

– life time in excess of high levels of 20 years illumination

– projects involving relatively – retail shop windows,cool light colour display shelving and

– choice of side-radiating or show casesterminal light emitting fibres – starry skies in hotels

– side-radiating and terminal and wellness areaslight-emitting fibres can be – outdoor lighting or incombined in a single fibre areas with high air bundle humidity

– fibre bundle can optionallybe assembled on site

Properties and applications of optical fibres

Active Outer diameter Maximum number Minimumdiameter of of sheathing of individual fibres bendingfibre cable per common end radius

spigot1.0 mm 2.2 mm 615 7 mm1.5 mm 2.7 mm 307 11 mm2.0 mm 3.9 mm 176 14 mm3.0 mm 4.9 mm 79 21 mm4.5 mm 6.4 mm 36 32 mm6.0 mm 8.7 mm 20 42 mm

Assembly of glass fibre bundles

Length-dependent correction factors (attenuation) for glass fibre cables

1 m 2 m 3 m 4 m 5 m 6 m 7 m 8 m 9 m 10 m

0.93 0.87 0.81 0.76 0.71 0.66 0.62 0.57 0.54 0.50

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 10

Page 41: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3 / 11

Active Outer diameter Maximum number Minimumdiameter of of sheathing of individual fibres bendingfibre cable per common end radius

spigot crimped/spliced

1.0 mm 2.2 mm 575/300 8 mm1.5 mm 2.7 mm 342/165 12 mm2.0 mm 4.0 mm 143/70 16 mm3.0 mm 5.0 mm 72/35 24 mm4.5 mm 6.5 mm 37/18 36 mm6.0 mm 8.5 mm 20/10 48 mm8.0 mm 10.5 mm 13/6 60 mm

10.0 mm 12.0 mm 8/4 75 mm

Assembly of PMMA fibre bundles (terminal light emission, factory-assembled)

Length-dependent correction factors (attenuation) for PMMA cables1 m 2 m 3 m 4 m 5 m 6 m 7 m 8 m 9 m 10 m

0.95 0.91 0.87 0.83 0.79 0.75 0.72 0.69 0.65 0.62

Outer diameter Maximum number of Maximum number of of sheathing individual fibres per individual fibres per

common end spigot common end spigot (crimped) (spliced)

4.5 mm 80 408.0 mm 19 10

11.0 mm 11 514.0 mm 6 3

Assembly of PMMA fibre bundles (side radiation, factory-assembled)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 11

Page 42: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

12 / Chapter 3

PANOS L and H – Multi-talented downlights

PANOS LRecessed depth of just 100 mm.Also suitable for use with VDTworkstations thanks to radiallouvre.

PANOS HSatisfies the most stringent glarelimitation requirements withoutthe need for accessories.

HF/LFThe precision-shaped facetsprovide brilliant effects, reducedluminance levels and optimumefficiency.

HG/LGHighly specular darklight reflectoroptic for glare-free working atthe highest level.

HL/LLThe white reflector optic is aperfect match for the decorativeaccessories.

HWWThe special ribbed structure ofthe reflector produces asymmet-rical light distribution, ideal forhighlighting vertical surfaces.

HM/LMGood looks are guaranteed bythis matt reflector optic withreduced dust sensitivity.

Reflectors and their applications

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 12

Page 43: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3 / 13

IP 54 kit, clear glass

IP 54 kit, opal glass

IP 54 kit, structured glass

Akamar

Diameter Wattage Mounting depthPANOS L 175 mm 13–26 W 100 mm

200 mm 18–26 W 100 mm250 mm 26–57 W 100 mm

PANOS H 175 mm 13–26 W 120 mm200 mm 18–42 W 150 mm250 mm 26–57 W 190 mm

Attachments for interior design (selection)

PANOS L and H with compact fluorescent lamps (TC)

Installation instructions

No-tool installationThe mounting ring made of die-cast aluminium is fitted withouttools using spring clips.

Combined reflector/flange unitThe reflector/flange unit is in-stalled by means of a “twist andlock mechanism” without anytools. The ballast box has a rapidlocking device and forms a pre-assembled luminaire unit withthe reflector.

Adhara

Alhena

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 13

Page 44: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

14 / Chapter 3

PANOS S – More degrees of vertical freedom

The innovative tilting principleallows 45° pivoting into theceiling and up to 60° pivotingout of the ceiling, with horizontalrotation through 360°.A convenient grip clip makespositioning easy.

rotates through 360°

Diameter Lamps Wattage Mounting depth100 mm QT-LP 12 75 W 125 mm

QR-CBC 51 50 W 125 mm150 mm QT-LP 12 100 W 145 mm

HIT 20–70 W 145 mm200 mm QT-LP 12 100 W 230 mm

QR 111 100 W 230 mmHIT 70–150 W 230/240 mmHST 100 W 230 mm

When pivoted at 60°, it can illu-minate the wall from the ceilingdown, or light the top surface ofa shelf. A choice of flood or spotreflectors are available.

With completely independentadjustment of lighting head andhousing possible, PANOS Sworks like a spotlight with anti-glare blades to prevent seeingdirectly into the lamp.

Pivoting into the ceiling at 45°enables asymmetrical lightdistribution for an unobtrusiveand calm ceiling effect.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 14

Page 45: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3 / 15

PANOS M/MWW – Impressive and powerful

PANOS MMetal reflector for high thermalstability. Die-cast aluminiummounting rings and coolingattachment. Ideal for lamps with high heat output.

PANOS MTEDust and dirt stand no chanceon the Teflon-coated surface.The high-tech Teflon materialalso results in efficiencies up to10 % higher than conventionalsurface finishes.

PANOS MWWThe sophisticated wallwasherwith asymmetrical light distribu-tion looks just like its rotationallysymmetrical counterparts wheninstalled in the ceiling, ensuringa consistent interior design.

Wide range of lampsPANOS M and MWW canaccommodate a huge range oflamps. For the lighting designer,this means complete freedomwhen professionally setting thelighting stage.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 15

Page 46: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

16 / Chapter 3

LIGHT FIELDS – Modular micro-pyramidallighting system

Even in surface-mounted and re-cessed luminaires, the sandwichconstruction of the micro-pyramidaloptic ensures both glare control in conformity with standards andreduced luminance for direct illu-mination – ideal for office lightingaccording to standard EN 12464.

Micro-pyramidal optic

Design by Sottsass AssociatiPure innovation for the office

base

micro-pyramidal layerfor directing the light

diffuser layer

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 16

Page 47: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3 / 17

Available as recessed/surface-mounted/pendant/free-standing or cluster luminaires, they are ideal forthe more stylish office, with EN 12464 complianceover a range of ceiling heights and floor areas.

Recessed Surface- ID pendant Free-standingmounted luminaire

1198 x 298 1248 x 310 1248 x 310 3/55 W TCL2/28 W T16 2/28 W T16 2/54 W T161498 x 298 1548 x 310 1548 x 310 3/80 W TCL2/35 W T16 2/35 W T16 2/49 W T16598 x 598 623 x 623 623 x 6234/14 W T16 4/14 W T16 4/24 W T161248 x 3102/28 W T161548 x 3102/35 W T16623 x 6234/14 W T16

M 6

00M

625

LIGHT FIELDS model 1-person 2-person 3-personoffice office office

RecessedL-FIELDS E 4 x 4/14 W T16 • •L-FIELDS E 4 x 2/28 W T16 •L-FIELDS E 4 x 2/28 W T16 •L-FIELDS E 6 x 4/14 W T16 •Surface-mountedL-FIELDS A 4 x 4/14 W T16 • •L-FIELDS A 4 x 2/28 W T16 •L-FIELDS A 3 x 2/35 W T16 • •L-FIELDS A 4 x 2/28 W T16 •L-FIELDS A 6 x 4/14 W T16 •

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 17

Page 48: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

18 / Chapter 3

MELLOW LIGHT IV – A piece of sky

ReflectorEnclosed lightingchamberLight scattering(opal translucentmaterial)Optic (louvre ordiffuser)

Light scattering (diffuse reflection from surface)ReflectorEnclosed lighting chamberLight scattering (opal translucent material)Colour filter (optional)T16 lampOptic (louvre or diffuser)

T16 lampColour filter (optional)Light scattering (diffuse reflection from surface)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 18

Page 49: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3 / 19

MELLOW LIGHT IV recessedluminaire with slotted sheetsteel diffuser optic• Recessed sheet steel housing

with die-cast structure• Lighting chamber made of

high purity PMMA diffuser-pearl material

• Lighting chamber can be back-lit in colour using colour filters

L x B

76

105,6

T16

Diffuser optic

MELLOW LIGHT IV dimensions

• Optic can be fitted withouttools

• Optic has “fly-proof” seal• Diffuser optic with slotted

sheet steel for all-round glare control

• Suitable for glare control onupright and steeply inclineddisplays

• Mounting kit required forconcealed ceiling systemsand sawn cut-outs

• “Dimmable DALI” luminairescontain a DALI-controllableelectronic ballast and aresuitable for all DALI andLuxmate Professionalapplications.

Module 600 Module 625Cat. no. L W H24 W T16 598 598 8128 W T16 1198 298 7635 W T16 1498 298 7649 W T16 1498 298 7654 W T16 1198 298 7655 W TC-L 598 598 81

Cat. no. L W H24 W T16 623 623 8128 W T16 1248 310 7635 W T16 1548 310 7649 W T16 1548 310 7654 W T16 1248 310 7655 W TC-L 623 623 81

Calculating the size of the sawn cut-out in the ceiling:length/width of ceiling cut-out = length/width of luminaire –16 mm

TC-L

81

42

B

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 19

Page 50: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

20 / Chapter 3

Complete louvre luminaire range:– surface-mounted luminaire– indirect/direct pendant luminaire– wallwasher

Application: offices, schools, shops

Benefits: – BIVERGENZ® plus lighting technology– quick installation thanks to

– mounting bracket– pre-fitted lamp– protective film

Lay in Fold up Snap in

MIRAL T16 – Surface-mounted louvre luminaire

Light source includedMIRAL T16 is pre-fitted with an LF840 lamp (LF830 availableon request). This keeps theinstallation effort to a minimum,saving the time, resources andenergy that would otherwise bespent on lamp procurement,transport and temporary storage.

PackagingThe mounting brackets arelocated ready for use outside the box so there is no need toopen it. Advantage: the luminaireremains protected in its pack-aging during pre-installation.The installation instructions anddrilling template are printed onthe outside of the box.

Electrical connectionQuick installation is alsoguaranteed thanks to the exactlycentered 5-pole plug-in terminal(CE-compliant) easily accessiblefrom outside the luminaire.Thus the connecting cable canbe fitted conveniently and inminimum time without needingto open the luminaire housing.

Protective filmA special self-adhesive pro-tective film made of recyclablematerial offers optimum pro-tection against louvre soiling.MIRAL T16 can therefore befully installed whilst buildingwork is still in progress, andeven used to light the construc-tion site. Once the building isfinished, simply pull away thefilm which leaves no residue.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 20

Page 51: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3 / 21

Traditional installation for the electricianmeant four trips up and down theladder, two operations with the electric screwdriver.

MIRAL T16 installation for the electri-cian means getting the same result inhalf the time!

Traditional installation

MIRAL T16installation

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 21

Page 52: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

22 / Chapter 3

Complete louvre luminaire range:– narrow recessed luminaire– recessed luminaire module– wallwasher

Application: offices

Benefits: – BIVERGENZ® plus lightingtechnology

– ergonomic installation– pre-fitted lamp– Balanced Colour

The secret of success of Zumtobel Staff’s louvre luminaire is:ONE (BIVERGENZ® technology) plus ONE (UniQue blade) = FOUR (benefits)

MIREL T16 – Recessed louvre luminaire

The patented BIVERGENZ®

technology, based on 25 yearsof experience, has two newfeatures developed specificallywith the new European standardEN 12464 in mind: a higher-reflection coating in the latestmaterials, and the innovativefreeform surface technology ofthe UniQue blade.

BIVERGENZ® plus

This provides FOUR benefits:

– Optimum uniformity thanks to practically ideal batwing distribution of direct light

– Gentle all-round glare control in conformity with the new EN 12464 standard

– Standard narrow-width louvre for fitting one or two lamps

– Maximum efficiency thanks to louvre material increasing reflection

Convergence

Divergence

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 22

Page 53: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3 / 23

MIREL T16 in continuous-rowlighting systemStraightforward installation of a continuous row system withclean, visually unbroken lines in the narrow louvre design.

Emergency lightingcomponentsPower failure? No problemthanks to optional emergencylighting components!

Electrical connectionOptionally available with Euro,T12 or Wieland connectors,built-in or with cable.

Integrated light sourceOption of complete luminairewith pre-fitted lamp for straight-forward, fast installation: unpack

the luminaire, fit, remove pro-tective film, and it’s done!

Air extraction openingsThrough special openings in thestandard luminaire housing,used air from the room flowsdirectly into the ventilated ceiling.Extensive measurement data isavailable to assist accurate air-handling calculations.

Lighting control systemRequirements for lightingintensity and lighting scene vary:optional LUXMATE lightingcontrol components can be usedfor easy control of MIREL T16luminaires and dynamic lightchanges.

Solutions

Louvre luminaire range:– Surface-mounted luminaire

BWS T16– Recessed luminaire BWS T16– Trunking installation

accessories

Application: sports halls

MIRAL/MIREL T16 BWS – Louvre luminaire for sports halls

Benefits:– High luminous efficiency thanks

to T16 lamp– Narrow housing thanks to

2-in-1 lamp capability (twolamps in one louvre panel)

– Good price/performance ratio

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 23

Page 54: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

24 / Chapter 3

Light distribution

AERO – High-tech light with waveguide

Principle of operation

Directional light emission in batwing distribution

560 cd/m2 at 60°

3800 cd/m2 at 30°2900 cd/m2 at 0°

Reduced luminance levels

Operating efficiencyη = 70 % (2/54W)

I : D = 75 % : 25 %

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 24

Page 55: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3 / 25

AERO waveguide luminaireModels and designs

2 x 54 W T5–16 mm

2 x 28 W T5–16 mm

Geometric

Softline

Softline semi-transparent

Features Effect Application

Reduced No direct or Offices with modern luminance levels reflected glare office equipment

(standard screens,flat-panel displays,VDTs)

Lamps cannot be Restricted brightness Flat-panel displays, e.g.seen from any angle in doctors’ surgeries

Indirect/direct Ceiling pleasantly Ceiling heights of ratio 75:25 illuminated, good 2.50 m or more,

modelling, good flexible workstation contrast rendition layout

Light directed using Louvre-like Rooms with longer microprismatic directional maintenancearrays light distribution, intervals

easy to clean

Features and typical applications

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 25

Page 56: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

26 / Chapter 3

AERO with SLC® technology

Principle of operation (SLC® lateral light coupler)See OREA luminaire

– See OREA luminaire for description of lighting technology

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 26

Page 57: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3 / 27

OREA – Double array (waveguide luminaire)

– directional direct-lightcomponent with reducedluminance of toL ≤ 2,500 cd/m2 at 65°for standard situations

– luminaires can be arrangedfreely in the room, includingdirectly above workstations(except where flat-paneldisplays are used)

– direct component approxi-mately 5 % higher thanAERO

Principle of operation (SLC® lateral light coupler)

OGZ-ID 2/54

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:46 Uhr Seite 27

Page 58: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

28 / Chapter 3

RTX II – Design-oriented continuous row lighting system

Individual luminaires and continuous row systems:– Pure aluminium– Matt bivergent or darklight

reflector optic– Wallwasher for illuminating

blackboards– Decorative optics

Design by Charles KellerAvant-garde in terms of bothmaterial and shape

Application: offices and schools

Typical applications

RTX II-D1/35W 1/49W 1/54W 1/80W 2/28W 2/35W 2/49W 2/54W

Day schoolTechnical college/evening schoolOfficeOffice with DSEOpen-plan officeTechnical drawing

RTX II-C1/35W 1/49W 1/54W 1/80W 2/28W 2/35W 2/49W 2/54W

Day schoolTechnical college/evening schoolOfficeOffice with DSEOpen-plan officeTechnical drawing

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:47 Uhr Seite 28

Page 59: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3 / 29

300 Lux (Day school)

RTX II 1 x 49 WRTX II 1 x 54 WRTX II 1 x 80 W

RTX II 2 x 28 WRTX II 2 x 35 WRTX II 2 x 49 WRTX II 2 x 54 W

0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40

blackboard –luminaire distance [m]

optimum range

possible range undercertain conditions*

possible range

* Use strongly depends on architectural parameters andluminaire arrangement.

500 Lux (Evening schooland technical colleges)

RTX II 1 x 80 W

RTX II 2 x 49 WRTX II 2 x 54 W

0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40

blackboard –luminaire distance [m]

optimum range

possible range undercertain conditions*

possible range

* Use strongly depends on architectural parameters andluminaire arrangement.

RTX II Wallwasher

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:47 Uhr Seite 29

Page 60: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

LEDOS M

LEDOS B

KAVA LED

LEDOS RG LEDOS RGB

PHAOS Lighting tube

PHAOS LED lighting tile

PHAOS Spotlight PHAOS Line

30 / Chapter 3

Static and dynamic light

LED luminaires – From semiconductor to lighting innovation

Overview of LED luminaires

static dynamic

Benefits of LED technology

– long service life = low maintenance costs– low power consumption = minimum operating costs– vibration and impact-proof– compact size– high colour stability– efficient control thanks to simple control system– low heat generation

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:47 Uhr Seite 30

Page 61: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3 / 31

stat

icdy

nam

icPH

AOS

PHAO

SPH

AOS

PHAO

SNa

me

LEDO

S M

LEDO

S B

KAVA

LED

LEDO

S RG

LEDO

S RG

BLi

ghtin

g til

eLig

htin

g tu

beSp

otlig

htLi

ne*

Colo

urs

Blue

Blue

Blue

Alte

rnat

ely

Full

Full

Full

Full

Full

Yello

wYe

llow

Yello

wre

d/gr

een

spec

trum

spec

trum

spec

trum

spec

trum

spec

trum

Gree

nGr

een

Gree

nRe

dRe

dRe

dW

hite

Whi

teW

hite

Diam

eter

of

6585

/100

/120

120

120

circ

ular

lum

inai

res

Dim

ensi

ons

of

80 x

80

85 x

85

100

x 10

012

0 x

120

120

x 12

022

8 x

228

310

310

x 10

0sq

uare

80 x

115

100

x 10

090

090

0 x

100

lum

inai

res

120

x 12

0IP

67/6

854

/67

20/5

467

6720

2020

67Vo

ltage

24 V

24 V

24 V

24 V

230

V24

V24

V23

0 V

230

V23

0 V

230

V*

only

avai

labl

e as

ana

log

vers

ion

Tech

nica

l dat

a (s

elec

tion)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:47 Uhr Seite 31

Page 62: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

32 / Chapter 3

FREE-STANDING UPLIGHTS – LIGHT FIELDS-S, KAREA, LANOS, FLEXOS

Free-standing uplights …

… enable personal adjustmentand control to suit viewing condi-tions and the visual task in hand;

… allow individual illuminationof the workstation;

… can be placed in theoptimum position, making thewhole office space useable;

… can be adjusted easily andeconomically to evolving officesituations;

… use sensors to provideoptimum user convenience andlarge potential energy savings.

LIGHT FIELDS-S

• Free-standing uplight withindirect/direct light distribution

• 3/55 W or 3/80 W TC-L • Direct light component with

micro-pyramidal optic (MPO)with defined glare-free lightemission L < 1000 cd/m2 at60°/65°

• Luminaire head and standmade of anodised aluminium

• SensControl LCD with built-indisplay for intuitive operation

KAREA

• Free-standing luminaire withindirect/direct light distribution4/55 W TC-L

• Extremely flat angularluminaire head

• Direct light component withperforated metal optic

• Angular aluminium stand• Optionally available with

SensControl lightingmanagement system

• SensControl LCD with built-indisplay for intuitive operation

• Colour: titanium

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:47 Uhr Seite 32

Page 63: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3 / 33

SensControl LCD

SensControl LCD is the highlyconvenient SensControl lightingmanagement system for LIGHTFIELDS-S, LANOS, FLEXOS andKAREA uplights.The main feature is a smallLCD display which providesdetails of the various operatingstates and settings.

Straightforward menu-drivensoftware allows near-intuitivecontrol of the luminaire and easyprogramming of individualfunctions.Besides individual adjustment ofthe daylight sensor and presencedetector, SensControl LCD alsomakes it possible to call up pre-set profiles, program switch-ontimes or select the menu languagedesired at the press of a button.This innovative electronic systemcombines intelligent technologywith optimum operatingconvenience.

LANOS

• Free-standing luminaire withindirect/direct light distribution4/55 W TC-L

• Luminaire head with lateralperforated metal refractors

• Stand made of aluminiumextrusion

• Two-step switching(50/100 %)

• Optionally available withSensControl lightingmanagement system

• SensControl LCD with built-indisplay for intuitive operation

• Colour: titanium

FLEXOS

• Free-standing luminaire withindirect/direct light distribu-tion, with 1 to 4 heads

• Direct light component withlouvre optic or perforatedmetal optic

• 2/55 W TC-L per head• Optimum two-point adjust-

ment of each luminaire headin relation to workstation

• Optionally available withSensControl lightingmanagement system

• Single- and twin-head versiondimmable via touch switch

• Colour: titanium

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:47 Uhr Seite 33

Page 64: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

34 / Chapter 3

TECTON – continuous-row lighting system

TECTON Compact

TECTON Retail

TECTON-I Industry

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:47 Uhr Seite 34

Page 65: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 3 / 35

TECTON provides flexibility

Layout changes occur at ever shorter intervals in retail,business and industry, demanding maximum flexibility from anycontinuous-row lighting system. TECTON allows the luminairemodules to be placed anywhere on the trunking. Technicalalterations to the lighting can also be made on site, with 11-polewiring allowing any modifications in terms of brightness controlor emergency lighting supply in conformity with relevantstandards.

TECTON saves on installation costs

“The easier, the better”. The specially designed power conductorintegrated in the trunking revolutionises installation, makingTECTON both versatile and easy to handle. Not only does thissave time, but lower qualified and hence cheaper staff can dothe work. All components can be combined logically and simplyin the modular system, reducing TECTON installation costs by up to 60 percent through time savings, depending on thecontinuous row configuration chosen.

TECTON provides safety

TECTON provides safety in several ways:

– At the design stage, by the integration of mains lighting,emergency lighting and control;

– By the clear separation of emergency and escape-signluminaires in two emergency-lighting circuits;

– By the ONLITE emergency luminaire range that can be fullycustomized to the TECTON system for safety and reliability ofthe lighting solution in conformity with relevant standards.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

03_LEUCHTEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:47 Uhr Seite 35

Page 66: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

00_INHALTSVER_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:21 Uhr Seite 2

Page 67: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Lamp selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Lamp characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3The main lamp types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 – 8Application notes, T16 fluorescent lamps . . . . . . . . . . 9 – 10A comparison of fluorescent lamps – T16/T26 . . . . . . 11Application notes, compact fluorescent lamps . . . . . . . 12 – 13Application notes, metal halide lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Characteristics of metal halide lamps 250 + 400 W . . 15 – 16Lamp names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Comparison of lamp names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Characteristic values of the major lamps . . . . . . . . . . . 18 – 22Energy efficiency of luminaires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Properties of dimmable electronic ballasts . . . . . . . . . 24Power consumption, energy savings, required power . . 25

Chapter 4

Lamps and ballasts

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 1

Page 68: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Choosing the right lamp –

An important first decision

Choosing the right lamp depends on what is required of thelighting (see Chapter 5 / 2).

For instance, incandescent lamps are still the most popularlighting option used in domestic areas to help create that cosyatmosphere. Even though the lamps may generate little light, thepoor efficiency is acceptable because they are comparativelycheap to buy and are normally on for short periods.

In other situations, users happily tolerate the higher purchaseprice of discharge lamps because their high luminous efficiencyand long lifetime make them economic.

Thus it is part of the expertise of the lighting designer to find the most suitable lamp for a lighting task.

Lamp characteristics can essentially be specified by thefollowing key terms:

Lampcharacter-

istics

Luminousflux/

efficiency

Lamppower

Servicelife

Lightcolour

Colourrendition

Warm-uptime

Re-starttime

Dimmingcapability

Burningposition

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 2

Page 69: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 4 / 3

Lamp characteristics

1. Power The electrical power consumption of the lamp asopposed to the power consumption of a system comprisinglamp and ballast.2. Luminous flux/luminous efficiency The luminous fluxspecifies the total amount of light generated by a lamp. Therated luminous flux is measured at a standardised measurementtemperature of 25 °C in units of lumen [lm]. The ratio of lumi-nous flux to electrical power consumption gives the luminousefficiency [lm/W]. The system luminous efficiency also includesthe power consumption of the ballast.3. Service life The average service life is normally specified,being the time by which statistically half the lamps are stillworking (mortality). The drop in luminous flux also needs to betaken into account.4. Light colour The light colour describes the colour impressionmade by a white light source as relatively warm (ww = warm) orrelatively cool (nw = intermediate, tw = cool). It is affected bythe red and blue colour components in the spectrum.5. Colour rendition The spectral components of the light de-termine how well various object colours can be reproduced. Thehigher the colour rendition index (Ra or CRI), or the lower thecolour rendition group number, the better the colour rendition incomparison with the optimum reference light.6. Warm-up time Discharge lamps in particular need between30 seconds and several minutes to warm up and output the fullluminous flux.7. Re-start High-pressure discharge lamps need to cool downfor several minutes before they can be started again.8. Dimming capability Besides incandescent and halogenincandescent lamps, nowadays all fluorescent and compactfluorescent lamps can also be dimmed over almost any range.Metal halide lamps, however, are still not approved by the manu-facturers for dimming, because this may have uncontrollableeffects on light quality and lamp service life. The power of high-pressure sodium- and mercury-vapour lamps can be varied, butonly in discrete levels.9. Burning position Manufacturers specify the permittedburning positions for their lamps. For some metal halide lamps,only certain burning positions are allowed so as to avoid un-stable operating states. Compact fluorescent lamps may usuallybe used in any burning position, although important propertiessuch as the luminous flux vs. temperature curve may vary withposition.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 3

Page 70: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

4 / Chapter 4

The main lamp types

Ha

lo

ge

n

la

mp

s

Halogen lamps• For mains and low-voltage

operation• Longer service life and

higher luminous efficiency than incandescent lamps

• Easy to dim

• Brilliant light• Excellent colour rendition• Applications: retail

and domestic areas,restaurants and catering

How they work Current flows through a filament andheats it up, just as in incandescent lamps. These lampstherefore generate a relatively large amount of heat. Thehalogen cycle increases the efficiency and extends theservice life compared with traditional incandescent lamps.Low-voltage types are very small and are ideal for precisedirection of light, but do require a transformer.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 4

Page 71: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 4 / 5

Fl

uo

re

sc

en

t

la

mp

s

Fluorescent lamps• High to very high lumi-

nous efficiency (inparticular T16 HE)

• Good to excellent colour rendition

• Long service life• Extensive range of types• Dimmable

How they work An alternating electric field generatesinvisible UV radiation between the two electrodes in thedischarge tube. This radiation is converted into high-qualityvisible light in the fluorescent material. The lamps need astarting aid and a current limiting device, usually combinedin an electronic ballast. The luminous flux is highly depend-ent on the ambient temperature.

Co

mp

ac

t

fl

uo

re

sc

en

t

la

mp

s

Compact fluorescentlamps• Compact designs• High luminous efficiency• Excellent colour rendition• Extensive range of types

• Dimmable• Applications: commer-

cial and high-profileinteriors, restaurantsand catering

How they work These lamps are compact versions of thelinear or circular fluorescent lamps, and operate in a verysimilar way. The luminous flux depends on the burningposition and temperature.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 5

Page 72: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

6 / Chapter 4

Me

ta

l h

ali

de

la

mp

s

Metal halide lamps• High luminous efficiency• Good to excellent colour

rendition• High colour stability for cer-

amic discharge-tube lamps

How they work In metal halide lamps, a highly compactelectric arc is produced in a discharge tube. The com-position of the materials in the tube determines the lightquality. A starter is needed to switch on the lamp, and thecurrent must be limited by a ballast. Practical electronicballasts are also available for low-power lamps.The use of ceramic discharge tubes further improves thelamp properties.

• Cannot be dimmed• Applications: industrial

bays, spotlighting,floodlighting, retailareas

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 6

Page 73: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 4 / 7

Me

rc

ur

y v

ap

ou

r l

am

ps

Mercury vapour lamps• No starter, just ballast

required• Satisfactory to poor

colour rendition• Can be dimmed in

discrete steps• Applications: indus-

trial bays, streetlighting

So

di

um

v

ap

ou

r

la

mp

s

Colour-improved (Philips SDW):• Excellent colour rendition• Warm light• Long service life• Application: retail

areas

How they work The discharge in the linearly extendedceramic discharge tube is defined by sodium, so the lightis yellowish and only suitable for special applications. Thecolour-improved SDW lamp by Philips is a popular choicefor lighting retail areas. A starter is usually needed toswitch on the lamp, and the current must be limited by a ballast.

How they work The high-pressure mercury vapour lampis actually the forerunner to the modern metal halide lamp,although it provides a far poorer light quality. The lampscan be started at mains voltage, and so only need aballast for current limiting.

Sodium vapour lamps• High luminous efficiency and

long service life• Satisfactory to poor colour

rendition

• Can be dimmed indiscrete steps

• Applications: indus-trial bays, streetlighting

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 7

Page 74: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

8 / Chapter 4

In

du

ct

io

n

la

mp

s

How they work A high-frequency electromagnetic field iscoupled into the glass bulb via an antenna protruding intothe bulb. This produces UV radiation which is then con-verted into visible light by fluorescent material, just as in fluorescent lamps. The amalgam technology used inthese lamps makes their luminous flux only very slightlytemperature-dependent. The lamps can only be operatedwith special electronic ballasts. Systems have a very longservice life because the only parts subject to wear are inthese ballasts. As yet there are no dimmable electronicballasts available.

QL• 55 W, 85 W and 165 W• Rotationally symmetrical light

distribution• Applications: areas where

it is difficult to replace

lamps; commercialand industrialinteriors, retail,indoor and outdoorpublic areas

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 8

Page 75: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 4 / 9

Application notesT16 fluorescent lamps

T16 lamps differ from T26 versions in several characteristicsthat the user should be particularly aware of.

1. Luminous flux – temperature curve

As for all fluorescent lamps, the lamp’s luminous flux istemperature-dependent. The maximum value is obtained at anoptimum ambient temperature, with losses increasing at higherand lower temperatures. The T16 basically follows the samecurve as the T26, but the maximum occurs not at an ambienttemperature of 20 to 25 °C but at about 35 °C. The reason forthis is that the cool spot of the T16 lamp does not lie in thecentre of the lamp but typically at one end of the tube near thelamp end.The rated luminous flux is generally specified for an ambienttemperature of 25 °C. For the T16, the maximum value there-fore lies above this rated value. Thus luminaire efficiencies mayhave levels greater than “1”.

%

100

80

60

40

20

T26 58 W

T16

T26 36 W

-20 0 20

Ambient temperature40 60 80 °C

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 9

Page 76: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

3. Ageing/burning in

Brand new lamps stabilise during the ageing phase. This is theperiod immediately after the lamps are switched on for the firsttime, when the initially encapsulated mercury is vaporised andevenly distributed in the lamp. To ensure perfect operation, oneshould allow a period of 2 to 4 days of operation withoutdimming or switching, particularly in dimming installations.Unstabilised lamps may differ in brightness and light colour,even exhibiting flickering at low dimming levels. One should also wait for proper ageing before assessing the illuminancelevel and the light quality. This ageing has no effect on the lamp service life.

2. Lamp orientation

Owing to the two electrodes (tube ends) not being identical indesign, it matters how one or more lamps are fitted in theluminaires. In general, lamp ends should always have the sameorientation i.e. in multi-lamp luminaires they should lie next toeach other, and where lamps are positioned vertically, theyshould preferably also be at the bottom. For cool environments it may be practical to choose a different orientation.

normalambienttemperature

cool ambienttemperature

single-lamp multi-lamp

10 / Chapter 4 The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 10

Page 77: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 4 / 11

A comparison of fluorescent lamps – T16/T26

Advantages of T16 fluorescent lamps

– Reduction in the lamp diameter by about 40 %– Higher optical efficiencies possible– Improved luminous efficiency– Improved luminaire efficiencies from the shift in the

luminous-flux peak– Standardised luminance levels for all lamp lengths for

high-efficiency lamps– Larger range of types makes it easier to meet lighting

requirements more closely

Summary type comparison (selection):

T16 T26Length Power Rated lumi- Length Power Rated lumi-

nous flux (25°) nous flux (25°)549 mm 14 W 1200 lm 590 mm 18 W 1350 lm

24 W 1750 lm849 mm 21 W 1900 lm 895 mm 30 W 2350 lm

39 W 3100 lm1149 mm 28 W 2600 lm 1200 mm 36 W 3350 lm

54 W 4450 lm1449 mm 35 W 3300 lm 1500 mm 58 W 5200 lm

49 W 4300 lm80 W 6150 lm

Example of interior lighting using T16 and T26

Room dimensions: length = 8 m, width = 6 m, height = 3 mReflection factors: ceiling = 70 %, walls = 50 %, floor = 20 %Required maintenance value of illuminance: 500 lxOption 1: SPHEROS ind/direct luminaire, matt louvre, 2/36 W electr. ballastOption 2: SPHEROS ind/direct luminaire, matt louvre, 2/28 W electr. ballast

Option 1 Option 22/36 W 2/28 W

Number of luminaires 8 8Max. lamp luminous efficiency 93 lm/W 104 lm/WPower consumption per m2 per 100 lx 2.2 W/m2/100 lx 2.0 W/m2/100 lxLuminaire efficiency 85 % 91 %Utilization factor 66 % 73 %Energy saving 10 %

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 11

Page 78: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

12 / Chapter 4

Application notesCompact fluorescent lamps

1. Amalgam lamps

The strong temperature dependence of the luminous flux oftraditional fluorescent and compact fluorescent lamps can becompensated by adding amalgam (mercury compound).This helps to somewhat check the steep drop-off at higher orlower temperatures, so that at least 90 % of the maximumluminous flux is achieved over a wide temperature range ofabout +5 to +70 °C. Above and below this range, however, thelight level still falls off sharply. The tables provide an overview

of those majormanufacturers’lamps in the TC-Tdesign (three-folddouble tube) thathave addedamalgam.

with amalgam TC-TI, TC-TELI, TC-QELI

13 W 18 W 26 W 32 W 42 W

Osram 2-pinDULUX T X X X

Osram 4-pinDULUX T/E X X X X X

GE 2-pinBIAX T X X X

Sylvania 2-pinLynx CF-T X X

without amalgam TC-T, TC-TE

13 W 18 W 26 W 32 W 42 W 57 W 60 W 70 W 85 W 120 W

Osram2-pinDULUX T IN X X

Osram4-pinDULUX T/E IN X X X X X X

Philips2-pinPL-T 2p X X

Philips4-pinPL-T 4p X X X X X X X

GE4-pinBIAX T/E X X X XBIAX Q/E X X X

Sylvania 4-pinLynx CF-TE X X X X

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 12

Page 79: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 4 / 13

2. Lamp orientation

The luminous flux from compact fluorescent lamps is highlydependent on the burning position. The light output ratio cantherefore be maximized by inserting the lamps correctly.Standard types have a cool spot in the exposed lamp bend, sothat self-heating and convection may lead to a temperature risehere. In amalgam lamps, the cool spot lies in the lamp base.In compact luminaires with horizontal lamp arrangement (e.g. downlights), it is therefore recommended to fit the lampswith electrodes uppermost wherever possible. Since the lampend does not allow consistent identification of the electrodeposition, that lamp side on which adjacent tubes are notconnected should be placed uppermost – these are the twotube ends containing the internal electrodes. The exception tothis is the PHILIPS PL-T, in which the electrodes are arrangeddiagonally. Either possible orientation of these lamps is equivalent.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 13

Page 80: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

14 / Chapter 4

Application notesMetal halide lamps

1. Ballasts

The manufacturers of metal halide lamps use a range of opera-ting principles, resulting in different electrical operating values.Some lamps are therefore approved for operation both withballasts for metal halide lamps (e.g. COPA I 1/400 HIE) and withballasts for high-pressure sodium vapour lamps (e.g. COPA I1/400 HSE). The higher operating current then leads to higherluminous flux levels for the same lamps together with a slightlyaltered light quality. In both cases suitable starters are required.

2. Glass covers

In general, metal halide lamps require a glass cover to protectpeople and property in the event of the lamp exploding.It is the manufacturer’s responsibility to decide whether topermit individual lamp types to be used in uncovered luminaires.Suitable safety devices are installed in the lamps for thispurpose (e.g. integral safety tube, outer protective coating).The detailed information from the manufacturer must beobserved without fail.

3. Service life characteristics

The average lamp service life (lamp survival factor) and the re-duction in luminous flux (lamp luminous flux maintenance factor)can vary markedly in some of the different lamp types. They alsodepend on the switching frequency and the position of use.Once again the detailed data from the manufacturer must betaken into account. The maintenance factor tables in Chapter 8contain some typical values.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 14

Page 81: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 4 / 15

Characteristics of metal halide lamps 250 WOS

RAM

PHIL

IPS

HQI-E

HQ

I-E/P

HQI-T

HP

I-PLU

SHP

I-PLU

SHP

I-T P

LUS

250

W/D

250

W/D

250

W/D

250

W-B

U25

0 W

BU-

P25

0 W

Desi

gnEl

lipso

idEl

lipso

idTu

beEl

lipso

idEl

lipso

idTu

beBa

seE4

0E4

0E4

0E4

0E4

0E4

0Bu

rnin

g po

sitio

nan

yan

yan

yve

rtica

l ±15

°ve

rtica

l ±15

°ho

rizon

tal ±

20°

Appr

oved

for o

pera

tion

in

noye

sno

noye

sno

unco

vere

d lu

min

aire

sAv

erag

e se

rvic

e lif

e12

,000

h12

,000

h12

,000

h20

,000

h20

,000

h20

,000

hRe

duct

ion

in lu

min

ous

flux

See

mai

nten

ance

fact

ors

in C

hapt

er 8

“Ca

lcul

atio

n of

eco

nom

ic e

ffici

ency

Oper

atio

n w

ith m

etal

-hal

ide

lam

p ba

llast

(HI)

Lum

inou

s flu

xno

t per

mitt

edno

t per

mitt

edno

t per

mitt

ed19

,000

lm19

,000

lm19

,000

lmCo

lour

tem

pera

ture

4,30

0 K

4,30

0 K

4,50

0 K

Colo

ur re

nditi

on in

dex

R a69

6965

Oper

atio

n w

ith h

igh-

pres

sure

sod

ium

-vap

our l

amp

balla

st (H

S)Lu

min

ous

flux

19,0

00 lm

17,0

00 lm

20,0

00 lm

25,5

00 lm

25,5

00 lm

23,0

00 lm

Colo

ur te

mpe

ratu

re5,

200

K6,

000

K5,

300

K3,

800

K3,

800

K4,

000

KCo

lour

rend

ition

inde

x R a

9090

9069

6965

All d

ata

subj

ect t

o ch

ange

.For

relia

ble

info

rmat

ion

and

data

on

othe

r lam

p ty

pes,

plea

se re

fer t

o th

e m

anuf

actu

rer’s

dat

a.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 15

Page 82: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

16 / Chapter 4

OSRA

MPH

ILIP

S

HQI-E

HQ

I-E/P

HQI-E

HQI-E

HQ

I-BT

HQI-T

HPI-P

LUS

HPI-P

LUS

HPI P

LUS

HPI-T

PLU

S40

0 W

/D40

0 W

/D40

0 W

/N40

0 W

/N40

0 W

/D40

0 W

/N40

0 W

-40

0 W

400

W40

0 W

clea

rBU

BU-P

Desi

gnEl

lipso

idEl

lipso

idEl

lipso

idEl

lipso

idTu

beTu

beEl

lipso

idEl

lipso

idEl

lipso

idTu

beBa

seE4

0E4

0E4

0E4

0E4

0E4

0E4

0E4

0E4

0E4

0Bu

rnin

g po

sitio

nan

yan

yan

yan

yan

yho

rizon

tal

verti

cal

verti

cal

horiz

onta

l ho

rizon

tal

±45

°±

15°

±15

°±

20°

±20

°Ap

prov

ed fo

r ope

ratio

n in

no

yes

nono

nono

noye

sno

noun

cove

red

lum

inai

res

Aver

age

serv

ice

life

12,0

00 h

12,0

00 h

12,0

00 h

12,0

00 h

12,0

00 h

12,0

00 h

20,0

00 h

20,0

00 h

20,0

00 h

20,0

00 h

Redu

ctio

n in

lum

inou

s flu

xSe

e m

aint

enan

ce fa

ctor

s in

Cha

pter

8 “

Calc

ulat

ion

of e

cono

mic

effi

cien

cy”

Oper

atio

n w

ith m

etal

-hal

ide

lam

p ba

llast

(HI)

Lum

inou

s flu

x26

,000

lm23

,000

lm34

,000

lm36

,000

lm25

,000

lm34

,000

lm35

,000

lm35

,000

lm30

,000

lm35

,000

lmCo

lour

tem

pera

ture

5,80

0 K

5,00

0 K

3,60

0 K

3,60

0 K

6,10

0 K

3,80

0 K

4,30

0 K

4,30

0 K

4,70

0 K

4,30

0 K

Colo

ur re

nditi

on in

dex

R a90

9065

6590

6569

6969

65

Oper

atio

n w

ith h

igh-

pres

sure

sod

ium

-vap

our l

amp

balla

st (H

S)Lu

min

ous

flux

30,0

00 lm

27,0

00 lm

43,0

00 lm

45,0

00 lm

32,0

00 lm

42,0

00 lm

42,5

00 lm

42,5

00 lm

35,0

00 lm

38,0

00 lm

Colo

ur te

mpe

ratu

re5,

900

K4,

500

K4,

000

K4,

000

K5,

200

K3,

700

K3,

800

K3,

800

K3,

800

K4,

000

KCo

lour

rend

ition

inde

x R a

9090

7070

9065

6969

6965

Characteristics of metal halide lamps 400 W

All d

ata

subj

ect t

o ch

ange

.For

relia

ble

info

rmat

ion

and

data

on

othe

r lam

p ty

pes,

plea

se re

fer t

o th

e m

anuf

actu

rer’s

dat

a.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 16

Page 83: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 4 / 17

Lamp names as given by the LIS (ZVEI) – a selection

Abbreviation Description

A General-purpose incandescent lampsR Reflector lampsQT 18 Halogen incandescent lamps for mains voltage Ø 18 mmQT 32 Halogen incandescent lamps for mains voltage Ø 32 mmQT-DE Halogen incandescent lamps for mains voltage, linear double-

endedQ PAR Halogen incandescent lamps for mains voltage with reflector

QT9 Low-voltage halogen incandescent lamps Ø 9 mmQT12 Low-voltage halogen incandescent lamps Ø 12 mmQR Low-voltage halogen incandescent lamps with reflectorQR-CB Low-voltage halogen incandescent lamps with cool-light

specular reflectorQR-CBC Low-voltage halogen incandescent lamps with cool-light

specular reflector and glass cover

T16 Fluorescent lamps Ø 16 mmT26 Fluorescent lamps Ø 26 mmTC-S/SEL Compact fluorescent lamps (1 tube) up to 11 W/for electr. ballastTC-D/DEL Compact fluorescent lamps (2 tubes) up to 26 W/for electr. ballastTC-T/TEL Compact fluorescent lamps (3 tubes) up to 42 W/for electr. ballastTC-L Compact fluorescent lamps (1 tube) up to 80 WTC-TELI/ Compact fluorescent lamps (3–4 tubes) amalgam technology QELI up to 120 W/only for electronic ballast

HI Metal halide lamps: various designsHM High-pressure mercury vapour lamps: ellipsoidHS High-pressure sodium vapour lamps: various designs LS Low-pressure sodium vapour lamps: tubular

Comparison of lamp names (examples)

Internat. Manufacturer namesname fromLIS (ZVEI) Osram Philips GE Sylvania

A 60 A A A1 NormalQR-CBC DECOSTAR S Masterline Precise MR SuperiaQPAR HALOPAR PAR PAR Hi-SpotTC-S DULUX S PL-S BIAX S Lynx CF-STC-T DULUX T PL-T BIAX T Lynx CF-TTC-L DULUX L PL-L BIAX L Lynx CF-LT16 FH, FQ TL5 HE, HO F T5T26 L TLD F FHME HQL HPL H HSLHIT HQI-T MHN-T ARC/T, KRC/T HSI-THIT-CE HCI-T CDM-T CMH/THST NAV-T SON-T, SDW-T Lucalox T SHP-T, SHP-TS

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 17

Page 84: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

18 / Chapter 4

Fluo

resc

ent l

amps

T 16

14

Ww

w,nw

≥80

G 5

1,20

016

–18

16–2

0,00

084

T 16

21

Ww

w,nw

≥80

G 5

1,90

024

16–2

0,00

087

T 16

24

Ww

w,nw

≥80

G 5

1,75

027

16–2

0,00

074

T 16

28

Ww

w,nw

≥80

G 5

2,60

031

–33

16–2

0,00

093

T 16

35

Ww

w,nw

≥80

G 5

3,30

039

–41

16–2

0,00

093

T 16

39

Ww

w,nw

≥80

G 5

3,10

046

16–2

0,00

076

T 16

49

Ww

w,nw

≥80

G 5

4,30

054

16–2

0,00

090

T 16

54

Ww

w,nw

≥80

G 5

4,45

061

16–2

0,00

081

T 16

80

Ww

w,nw

≥80

G 5

6,15

0ca

.88

16–2

0,00

082

T 16

-R 2

2 W

ww,

nw≥8

02

GX 1

31,

800

2612

,000

69T

16-R

40

Ww

w,nw

≥80

2 GX

13

3,20

045

–47

12,0

0071

T 16

-R 5

5 W

ww,

nw≥8

02

GX 1

34,

000

6012

,000

67T

16-R

60

Ww

w,nw

≥80

2 GX

13

5,00

066

12,0

0076

T 26

18

Ww

w,nw

≥80

G 13

1,35

025

13,0

0019

–20

16–2

0,00

068

T 26

36

Ww

w,nw

≥80

G 13

3,35

042

13,0

0036

16–2

0,00

089

T 26

58

Ww

w,nw

≥80

G 13

5,20

066

13,0

0054

–57

16–2

0,00

093

Lam

p na

me

Colo

urte

mpe

ratu

reCo

lour

rend

ition

inde

xR a

Lum

inou

s flu

x in

lm(a

t 25

°C)

Syst

empo

wer

in W

Lam

pse

rvic

e lif

ein

h

Syst

empo

wer

in W

Lam

pse

rvic

e lif

ein

h

max

. sys

tem

lu-

min

ous

effic

ienc

yin

lm/W

Characteristic values of the major lamps

mag

neti

c VV

Gel

ectr

onic

EVG

Base

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:49 Uhr Seite 18

Page 85: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 4 / 19

Com

pact

fluo

resc

ent l

amps

TC-D

/TC-

DEL

10 W

ww,

nw≥8

0G

24 d

-1/q

-160

015

8,00

012

10,0

0050

TC-D

/TC-

DEL

13 W

ww,

nw≥8

0G

24 d

-1/q

-190

017

8,00

014

10,0

0064

TC-D

/TC-

DEL

18 W

ww,

nw≥8

0G

24 d

-2/q

-21,

200

238,

000

18–2

010

,000

66TC

-T/T

C-TE

L 13

Ww

w,nw

≥80

GX 2

4 d-

1/q-

190

017

8,00

014

10,0

0064

TC-T

/TC-

TEL

18 W

ww,

nw≥8

0GX

24

d-2/

q-2

1,20

023

8,00

018

–20

10,0

0066

TC-T

/TC-

TEL

26 W

ww,

nw≥8

0GX

24

d-3/

q-3

1,80

031

8,00

028

10,0

0064

TC-T

EL/-

TELI

32

Ww

w,nw

≥80

GX 2

4 q-

32,

400

35–3

610

,000

68TC

-TEL

/-TE

LI 4

2 W

ww,

nw≥8

0GX

24

q-4

3,20

046

–47

10,0

0069

TC-T

ELI 5

7 W

ww,

nw≥8

0GX

24

q-5

4,30

062

10,0

0069

TC-T

ELI 6

0 W

w

w,nw

≥8

02G

84,

000

65

20,0

0062

TC-T

ELI 7

0 W

w

w,nw

≥8

0GX

24q-

65,

200

7510

,000

70

TC-T

ELI

85 W

w

w,nw

≥8

0 2G

86,

000

9220

,000

65TC

-TEL

I 120

W

ww,

nw

≥80

2G8

9,00

0 12

820

,000

70TC

-L 1

8 W

ww,

nw≥8

02

G 11

1,20

025

8,00

019

10,0

0063

TC-L

24

Ww

w,nw

≥80

2 G

111,

800

308,

000

25–2

710

,000

72TC

-L 3

6 W

ww,

nw≥8

02

G 11

2,90

042

8,00

034

–39

10,0

0085

TC-L

40

Ww

w,nw

≥80

2 G

113,

500

4510

,000

77TC

-L 5

5 W

ww,

nw≥8

02

G 11

4,80

055

–61

10,0

0087

TC-L

80

Ww

w,nw

≥80

2 G

116,

000

8510

,000

71

Characteristic values of the major lampsLa

mp

nam

eCo

lour

tem

pera

ture

Colo

ur re

nditi

onin

dex

R aLu

min

ous

flux

in lm

(at 2

5 °C

)

Syst

empo

wer

in W

Lam

pse

rvic

e lif

ein

h

Syst

empo

wer

in W

Lam

pse

rvic

e lif

ein

h

max

. sys

tem

lu-

min

ous

effic

ienc

yin

lm/W

Base

mag

neti

c VV

Gel

ectr

onic

EVG

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:50 Uhr Seite 19

Page 86: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

20 / Chapter 4

Indu

ctio

n la

mps

LMG-

IHf 5

5 W

(QL

55 W

)w

w,nw

≥80

Spec

ial

3,50

055

60,0

0064

LMG-

IHf 8

5 W

(QL

85 W

)w

w,nw

≥80

Spec

ial

6,00

085

60,0

0071

LMG-

IHf 1

65 W

(QL

165

W)w

w,nw

≥80

Spec

ial

12,0

0016

560

,000

73

Low

-vol

tage

hal

ogen

lam

psQT

12

35 W

ww

≥90

GY 6

.35

600

4,00

016

QT 1

2 50

Ww

w≥9

0GY

6.3

593

04,

000

18QR

CBC

51

35 W

(8–6

0°)

ww

≥90

GU 5

.3*7

00–1

4,00

04,

000

16QR

CBC

51

50 W

(8–6

0°)

ww

≥90

GU 5

.3*9

50–1

4,00

04,

000

18QR

111

75

W (8

–45°

)w

w≥9

0G

53*1

.700

–30,

000

3,00

010

QR 1

11 1

00 W

(8–4

5°)

ww

≥90

G 53

*2.8

00–4

8,00

03,

000

10

High

-vol

tage

hal

ogen

lam

psQT

-DE

12 1

50 W

L 1

14,2

ww

≥90

R7s

2,20

01,

500

14QT

-DE

12 3

00 W

ww

≥90

R7s

5,00

02,

000

16QT

-DE

12 5

00 W

ww

≥90

R7s

9,50

02,

000

19QT

32

100

W m

att

ww

≥90

E 27

1,43

02,

000

14QT

32

150

W m

att

ww

≥90

E 27

2,40

02,

000

16QT

32

250

W m

att

ww

≥90

E 27

4,00

02,

000

16

Characteristic values of the major lamps

*Axia

l lum

inou

s in

tens

ity in

cd.

Lam

p na

me

Colo

urte

mpe

ratu

reCo

lour

rend

ition

inde

xR a

Lum

inou

s flu

x in

lm(a

t 25

°C)

Syst

empo

wer

in W

Lam

pse

rvic

e lif

ein

h

Syst

empo

wer

in W

Lam

pse

rvic

e lif

ein

h

max

. sys

tem

lu-

min

ous

effic

ienc

yin

lm/W

Base

mag

neti

c VV

Gel

ectr

onic

EVG

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:50 Uhr Seite 20

Page 87: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 4 / 21

Met

al h

alid

e la

mps

HIE

70 W

ww,

nw≥8

0,≥7

0E

274,

900–

5,00

082

–96

6,00

080

–83

6,00

063

HIE

100

Ww

w,nw

≥80,

≥70

E 27

7,30

0–8,

100

112–

115

6,00

072

HIE

150

Ww

w,nw

≥80,

≥70

E 27

10,5

00–1

2,50

016

8–17

76,

000

172

6,00

074

HIE

250

Ww

w,nw

,tw

≥90,

≥60,

≥70

E 40

17,0

0–25

5,00

027

5–28

56,

000

93HI

E 40

0 W

nw,t

w≥9

0,≥6

0,≥7

0E

4020

,500

–43,

000

400–

460

6,00

093

HIE

1000

Wnw

≥60

E 40

95,0

0010

50–1

065

6,00

090

HIT

70 W

(qua

rtz)

ww,

nw≥8

0G

125,

200–

5,50

082

–96

6,00

080

–83

6,00

069

HIT

150

W (q

uartz

)w

w,nw

≥80

G 12

13,0

0016

8–17

76,

000

172

6,00

077

HIT/

HIT-

TC 3

5 W

(cer

amic

)w

w≥8

0G8

.5/G

123,

400

44–4

69,

000

42–4

59–

12,0

0080

HIT/

HIT-

TC 7

0 W

(cer

amic

)w

w,nw

≥80

G8.5

/G12

6,40

0–6,

600

82–9

69,

000

80–8

39–

12,0

0083

HIT

150

W (c

eram

ic)

ww,

nw≥8

0G

1214

,000

168–

177

6,00

017

26–

12,0

0083

HIT

250

Wnw

,tw

≥90,

≥60,

≥70

E 40

19,0

00–2

1,00

027

5–28

56,

000

76HI

T 40

0 W

nw,t

w≥9

0,≥6

0,≥7

0E

4025

,000

–42,

000

400–

460

6,00

091

HIT-

DE 7

0 W

(qua

rtz)

ww,

nw≥9

0,≥8

0RX

7s

5,00

0–6,

000

82–9

66,

000

80–8

36,

000

75HI

T-DE

150

W (q

uartz

)w

w,nw

,tw

≥90,

≥80,

≥70

RX 7

s11

,250

168–

177

6,00

017

26,

000

66HI

T-DE

70

W (c

eram

ic)

ww,

nw≥9

0,≥8

0RX

7s

5,70

0–7,

000

89–9

57,

000

80–8

37–

15,0

0079

HIT-

DE 1

50 W

(cer

amic

)w

w,nw

≥90,

≥80

RX 7

s13

,500

–14,

200

168–

177

12,0

0017

212

–15,

000

80HI

T-DE

250

Ww

w,nw

,tw

≥90,

≥80,

≥70

Fc 2

20,0

0027

5–28

56,

000

72

Characteristic values of the major lampsLa

mp

nam

eCo

lour

tem

pera

ture

Colo

ur re

nditi

onin

dex

R aLu

min

ous

flux

in lm

(at 2

5 °C

)

Syst

empo

wer

in W

Lam

pse

rvic

e lif

ein

h

Syst

empo

wer

in W

Lam

pse

rvic

e lif

ein

h

max

. sys

tem

lu-

min

ous

effic

ienc

yin

lm/W

Base

mag

neti

c VV

Gel

ectr

onic

EVG

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:50 Uhr Seite 21

Page 88: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

22 / Chapter 4

High

-pre

ssur

e m

ercu

ry v

apou

r lam

psHM

E 25

0 W

ww,

nw≥4

0E

4013

,000

266–

270

8,00

048

HME

400

Ww

w,nw

≥40

E 40

22,0

0042

58,

000

51

High

-pre

ssur

e so

dium

vap

our l

amps

HSE

250

Ww

w≥6

0,≥2

0E

4022

,000

–32,

000

275–

285

10,0

0011

2HS

E 40

0 W

ww

≥60,

≥20

E 40

36,0

00–5

4,00

044

0–45

010

,000

120

HST

35 W

(SDW

-T)

ww

≥80

PG 1

2-1

1,30

041

–42

10,0

0031

HST

50 W

(SDW

-T/T

G)w

w≥8

0PG

12-

1/G1

22,

300

6610

,000

34HS

T 10

0 W

(SDW

-T/T

G)w

w≥8

0PG

12-

1/G1

24,

800

114–

116

10,0

0042

HST

250

Ww

w≥6

0,≥2

0E

4023

,000

–33,

000

275

10,0

0011

6HS

T 40

0 W

ww

≥60,

≥20

E 40

37,0

00–5

6,50

044

0–45

010

,000

123

Characteristic values of the major lampsLa

mp

nam

eCo

lour

tem

pera

ture

Colo

ur re

nditi

onin

dex

R aLu

min

ous

flux

in lm

(at 2

5 °C

)

Syst

empo

wer

in W

Lam

pse

rvic

e lif

ein

h

Syst

empo

wer

in W

Lam

pse

rvic

e lif

ein

h

max

. sys

tem

lu-

min

ous

effic

ienc

yin

lm/W

Base

mag

neti

c VV

Gel

ectr

onic

EVG

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:50 Uhr Seite 22

Page 89: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 4 / 23

Class Ballasts

A1 Dimmable electronic ballastsA2 Reduced-loss electronic ballastsA3 Electronic ballastsB1 Magnetic ballasts, very low loss (low-loss ballast)B2 Magnetic ballasts, low loss (low-loss ballast)C Magnetic ballasts, moderate loss (conventional

ballast)D Magnetic ballasts, very high loss (conventional

ballast)

Energy efficiency of luminaires

Most of the electrical power is consumed in the lamp and itscontrol gear. In order to clarify the power consumption of theballast/lamp system, the European Union has adopted theenergy classification system (Directive 2000/55/EU on energyefficiency requirements for ballasts for fluorescent lamps).

The EEI (Energy Efficiency Index) classifies ballasts into sevencategories:

Sales of class D ballasts have been prohibited since 21 May2002; class C ballasts must be taken off the market by21 November 2005 at the latest.

Example for T26 36 W 840:

EEI

A1 ≤ 19 W (25 % dimming is equivalent to 50 % A3)A2 ≤ 36A3 ≤ 38B1 ≤ 41B2 ≤ 43C ≤ 45D ≤ 45

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:50 Uhr Seite 23

Page 90: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

24 / Chapter 4

Properties of dimmable electronic ballasts

Prop

ertie

sAn

alog

(1–1

0 V)

Digi

tal (

DSI)

Digi

tal (

DALI

)

Func

tiona

lity

Dim

ming

rang

e in

AC m

ode

1 or

3–1

00 %

1 or

3–1

00 %

0.1–

100

% (d

epen

ds o

n lam

p)Di

mm

ing le

vel t

olera

nce

Fluct

uatio

nsno

neno

neCo

ntro

l line

plus/

minu

sInt

erch

ange

able

polar

ityInt

erch

ange

able

polar

ityZe

ro-p

ower

swi

tchin

gno

yes

yes

Stat

us re

port

& log

ging

noye

s,on

ly PC

A Ex

cel o

ne4a

llye

sAd

dres

sing

Lum

inaire

gro

up; a

ll lum

inaire

s Lu

mina

ire g

roup

; all

lumina

ires

Indivi

dual

lumina

ires

or

on o

ne c

ontro

l line

on o

ne c

ontro

l line

lumina

ire g

roup

s

Visu

al c

omfo

rtSt

able

and

flicke

r-fre

e lam

p op

erat

ionye

sye

sye

sDi

mm

ing c

urve

linea

rlog

arith

mic

**log

arithm

ic **

Addi

tiona

l em

erge

ncy

light

ing

not p

ossib

leDi

mm

ing le

vel c

an b

e se

t by

cust

omer

1 o

r 3–7

0 %

( PC

A Ex

cel o

ne4a

ll )

func

tion

(DC

mod

e)un

iform

sur

face

illum

inatio

n po

ssibl

e in

emer

genc

y lig

hting

mod

e,dim

ming

-leve

lm

emor

y wi

th a

utom

atic

reca

ll in

emer

genc

y lig

hting

mod

e ( P

CA E

xcel

one4

all)

LUXM

ATE

conn

ectio

nLU

XMAT

E Ba

sic*

LMB

LUXM

ATE

Emot

ion*

DALI

ONLY

LUXM

ATE

Prof

essi

onal

*LD

E (P

CA E

xcel

one4

all)

LDE

*se

e ch

apte

r 5**

mat

ches

visu

al pe

rcep

tion

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:50 Uhr Seite 24

Page 91: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 4 / 25

69 W

Power consumption –20 % to –88 %

100 % 75 % 50 % 25 % 1 %

25 W

35 W

45 W

Dimmer settingControlled by LUXMATEConventional ballast

Powe

r con

sum

ptio

n as

a

func

tion

of d

imm

er se

tting 55 W

8 W8 W 8 W

55–8 W

A

in (%)

Energy saving using Set-DC

potential energy saving

of 52 %

100908070605040302010

0

AC-mode

DC-mode

further potential energy saving of 27 %

59 53 48 43 39 35 30 28 22 17 12 10Power (W)at 230 V DC

absent

absent

cloud cover

increasing daylight

sufficient daylight

decreasing daylight

9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00

Power requirement of a freestanding luminaire using SensControl

PPower requirement of a traditional freestanding luminaireraditional freestanding luminaire

Energy saving at normal operationSet-AC

compared with conventional ballasts 20 % to 88 %

at 1 % dimming level (off)

Additional emergency lighting functionwith PCA Excel one4all(central power supply)

Set-DCSaving:

up to 70 %,at 10 % luminous flux

reduced use of group batteries andcentral installations

Potential energy savingsusing daylight sensors

and presence detectorsup to 70 %

comparedwith

constant lighte.g. free-standing luminaire

usingSensControl

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

04_LAMPEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 8:50 Uhr Seite 25

Page 92: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

00_INHALTSVER_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:21 Uhr Seite 2

Page 93: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

LUXMATE lighting management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Dimming with LUXMATE Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3LUXMATE Basic system overviews . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 – 9Dimming and switching with LUXMATE Emotion

LUXMATE EMOTION system overviews + optionalintegration of ONLITE Local Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 – 13

LUXMATE Professional system overview (selection) . . . 14 – 15ONLITE emergency lighting system(applicable to U.K.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 – 25

Chapter 5

Lighting and room management,emergency lighting

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 1

Page 94: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Luxmate lighting management – The intelligent control system for individual roomsand throughout buildings

Function Applications

Room management systems

LUXMATE Professional (based on LUXMATE bus system)– Artificial light/daylight/blinds – Conference rooms– Interfaces to media technology – Office buildings– Integration of ONLITE – Shopping malls

emergency lighting system – Museums– Interface to building management – Industry

system and central maintenance– Customized operating systems

Lighting control systems

LUXMATE EMOTION (based on DALI)– Lighting scenes – Shops– Timer – Health & Care– RGB dimming software – Wellness– ACTIVE LIGHT lighting concepts – Control rooms– Flexibility of individual – Offices

addressing/grouping – In the home

LUXMATE Basic (based on DSI)– Daylight-based – In the home– Infrared remote control unit – Small offices & – Standard switch components surgeries– No addressing, group dimming – Commercial – Zero-power switching and premises

dimming

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 2

Page 95: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 5 / 3

Lam

psDi

mm

ing

rang

eCo

ntro

l gea

r/di

mm

erGe

nera

l pur

pose

lam

ps10

0–0

%PD

AX 5

00 V

A PA

R la

mps

,Hal

ogen

PDAS

1,0

00 V

Ain

cand

esce

nt la

mps

phas

e di

mm

er

Low

-vol

tage

hal

ogen

10

0–0

%DA

LI T

E on

e4al

lin

cand

esce

nt la

mps

105

VA/1

50VA

Dim

mab

leT1

6/T2

6 10

0–1

%DS

I ele

ctro

nic

balla

st

fluor

esce

nt la

mps

TC 1

00–3

%(L

MB)

LED

100–

0 %

PWM

con

verte

r LED

K210

one

4all

25 W

STAR

LFEX

100–

0 %

DALI

TE

one4

all

optic

al fi

bre

105

VA/1

50VA

QT e

ngin

es

Dim

min

g w

ith L

UXM

ATE

Basi

c (n

o ad

dres

sing

requ

ired)

Num

ber

Outp

ut

Oper

atio

nFu

nctio

npo

ssib

lem

odul

e25

/73*

DSI-T

**M

omen

tary

-act

ion

switc

h,On

/Off,

dim

min

gpr

esen

ce d

etec

tor

25/7

3*DS

I-TD*

*M

omen

tary

-act

ion

switc

hOn

/Off,

dim

min

g,1

scen

e

100/

148*

DSI-T

SM

omen

tary

-act

ion

switc

hOn

/Off,

dim

min

g

2x2

5/73

*DS

I-BLC

**M

omen

tary

-act

ion

switc

hOn

/Off,

dim

min

g,D/

ID

Bala

nced

Lig

htin

g

2x2

5/73

*DS

I-2IR

Mom

enta

ry-a

ctio

n sw

itch,

On/O

ff,di

mm

ing,

3 lig

htin

gre

mot

e co

ntro

l uni

tsc

enes

per

out

put

2x2

5/73

*DS

I-IRB

LCM

omen

tary

-act

ion

switc

h,On

/Off,

dim

min

g,D/

ID

rem

ote

cont

rol u

nit

Bala

nced

Lig

htin

g

2x2

5/73

*DS

I-TLC

**M

omen

tary

-act

ion

switc

h,On

/Off,

dim

min

g,da

yligh

t-lig

ht s

enso

r,pr

esen

ce d

etec

tor

depe

nden

t dim

min

g

3x1

00/1

48*

DSI-T

LE**

Mom

enta

ry-a

ctio

n sw

itch,

On/O

ff,di

mm

ing,

dayli

ght-

light

sen

sor

depe

nden

t dim

min

g

* nu

mbe

r can

be

incr

ease

d us

ing

DSI-V

am

plifi

er,*

* DA

LI v

ersi

ons

avai

labl

e on

requ

est

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 3

Page 96: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

4 / Chapter 5

LUXMATE Basic DSI-TD or DALI-TD“Dimming using conventional momentary-action light switches andwith dimming-level memory” (DALI-TD available on request)

NL' N L

Mai

ns 2

30 V

/50

Hz

NL

Cont

rol l

ine

e.g.

NYM

2 x

1.5

mm

2 , max

. len

gth

100

m

max

. 2 m

2

D1 D2

D 2D 1

Conv

entio

nal d

oubl

em

omen

tary

-act

ion

ligh

t swi

tch

On/O

ffDi

mm

ing

NL T T Pres

et/D

ia

Conv

entio

nal m

omen

tary

-ac

tion

light

swi

tch

Pres

et/D

ia

D 2D 1

Mom

enta

ry-a

ctio

n sw

itch

cont

rol

mod

ule

with

inpu

t for

pre

set l

ight

leve

l

up to

25

DALI

elec

tr. b

allas

ts*up

to 2

5 DS

I ele

ctr.

balla

sts

L N D 1 D 2

PE

up to

25

DSI p

hase

dim

mer

sup

to 2

5 DA

LI p

hase

dim

mer

s*

or or up to

25

DSI t

rans

form

ers

up to

25

DALI

tran

sfor

mer

s*

LV h

alog

en in

cand

esce

ntla

mps

max

. 70/

105/

150/

210

VA*

avai

labl

e on

requ

est

Inca

ndes

cent

lam

ps/

HV h

alog

en in

-ca

ndes

cent

lam

ps m

ax. 3

00 V

A

12 11 910

Fluo

resc

ent l

amps

T26

/T16

TC-L

/TC-

DEL/

TC-T

EL

Alte

rnat

ive:

Conn

ect t

erm

inal

s “

T ”

and

“T ”

toge

ther

with

a ju

mpe

r if a

sin

gle

mom

enta

ry-a

ctio

n s

witc

h is

use

d.

Prog

ram

min

g in

stru

ctio

ns fo

r pre

set l

ight

leve

l (Di

a):

• S

et b

right

ness

leve

l req

uire

d us

ing

m

omen

tary

-act

ion

switc

h•

Pre

ss th

e Pr

eset

/Dia

swi

tch

for a

t

leas

t 5 s

econ

ds

User

con

trol

uni

tsCo

ntro

l uni

tsLa

mp

cont

rol g

ear

Lam

ps

DSI-

TDDA

LI-T

D

PCA

APD

TEL

Arg

um

en

ts f

or

you

r c

ust

om

ers

•Ab

solu

tely

flick

er-f

ree

dim

min

g •

Sim

ple

to o

pera

te u

sing

con

vent

iona

l mom

enta

ry-a

ctio

n lig

ht s

witc

hes

thro

ugho

ut•

Henc

e en

sure

s st

anda

rdis

ed d

esig

n of

ligh

t sw

itche

s an

d so

cket

s•

Any

num

ber o

f mom

enta

ry-a

ctio

n lig

ht s

witc

hes

can

be c

onne

cted

in p

aral

lel

•Di

mm

ing

rang

e 1

or 3

–100

% li

ght l

evel

•La

mps

can

be

star

ted

at a

ny d

imm

ing

leve

l•

Suita

ble

for a

ll m

ajor

lam

p ty

pes

•Ea

sy to

inst

all

•In

sens

itive

to m

ains

fluc

tuat

ions

and

inte

rfere

nce

•Co

mpo

nent

s ca

n be

del

ivere

d se

para

tely

or p

re-f

itted

in th

e lu

min

aire

•Di

mm

ing-

leve

l mem

ory

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 4

Page 97: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 5 / 5

LUXMATE Basic IR“Dimming of luminaires by infrared remote control unit”

up to

5 c

eilin

g-m

ount

ed

IRED

IR s

enso

rs

IRS

IR re

mot

e co

ntro

l uni

tm

ax. r

ange

10

m a

t 50

0 lu

xup

to 7

IRS

chan

nels

can

be

use

d

N 23

0 V/

50 H

z

L N D 1 D 2

12 11 910 NL' N L

D 2D 1D 1 D 2

Inca

ndes

cent

lam

ps/H

V ha

loge

n in

-

cand

esce

nt la

mps

max

. 300

VA

DSI e

lect

roni

c ba

llast

DSI p

hase

dim

mer

SI

tran

sfor

mer

4 3 2 18 7 6 5

max. 25 PCA, PHD, TEL

max. 25 PCA, PHD, TEL

IR1

IR2 D1

D2D1

D2

Grou

p 1

L N TT

TTDS

I-2IR

infra

red

cont

rol m

odul

eGroup 1 Group 2

Up to

5 lu

min

aire

gro

ups

for e

ach

inst

alla

tion

DSI c

ontro

l lin

es, m

ax. l

engt

h 50

m

max

. le

ngth

50

m

If m

ore

than

one

DSI

mod

ule

is u

sed,

on

e m

ust b

e se

t as

mas

ter,

the

othe

rs a

s sl

aves

L N PE

* Si

ngle

-swi

tch

cont

rol

LV h

alog

en in

cand

esce

nt la

mps

70/

105/

150/

210

VAm

ax.

leng

th 2

m

L N D 1 D 2

12 11 910 NL' N L

D 2D 1D 1 D 2DSI e

lect

roni

c ba

llast

DSI p

hase

dim

mer

DSI t

rans

form

er

4 3 2 18 7 6 5

Grou

p 2

max

. le

ngth

2 m

Fluo

resc

ent l

amps

T26

/T16

TC-L

/TC-

DEL/

TC-T

EL

User

con

trol

uni

tsCo

ntro

l uni

tsLa

mp

cont

rol g

ear

Lam

psLa

mp

cont

rol g

ear

Lam

ps

* *

Arg

um

en

ts f

or

you

r c

ust

om

ers

•Co

nven

ient

ope

ratio

n us

ing

infra

red

rem

ote

cont

rol u

nit

•Re

mot

e co

ntro

l uni

t com

es c

ompl

ete

with

wal

l bra

cket

•Ho

rizon

tal/v

ertic

al tr

ansm

issi

on c

hara

cter

istic

s•

Can

run

thre

e lig

htin

g sc

enes

•In

divid

ual d

imm

ing

of fi

ve lu

min

aire

gro

ups

•Ea

sy to

inst

all

•Co

mpo

nent

s ca

n be

del

ivere

d se

para

tely

or p

re-f

itted

in th

e lu

min

aire

•Up

to e

ight

mod

ules

per

infra

red

circ

uit

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 5

Page 98: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

6 / Chapter 5

LUXMATE Basic Daylight DSI-TLC or DALI-TLCDaylight-based control (DALI-TLC available on request)for small rooms

A p p l i c a t i o n s• Single and team offices• Areas near windows in shopping centres• Classrooms• Corridors and passageways

A r g u m e n t s f o r y o u r c u s t o m e r s• Dims the lighting from 100–1 %, based exactly on the daylight

available• Accurate window-light sensor rather than error-prone room-

light sensor• Energy savings of up to 75 %• Brightness level can be changed at any time using momentary-

action dimmer switches• Economically priced – short pay-back period• Long lamp service life• Option to connect presence detector

S e e p a g e 8 f o r s e n s o r p o s i t i o n i n g !

0 % 50 %

500 lxartificial light

daylight

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 6

Page 99: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 5 / 7

LUXMATE Basic Daylight DSI-TLC or DALI-TLC“Daylight-based control (DALI-TLC available on request)for small rooms”

L N D 1 D 2 L N D 1 D 2

NL T1

T2T3

T4PD

in

D 1D 2

D 3D 4

Se1

Se2

Mai

ns 2

30 V

/50

HzNL PE

LSD

light

sen

sor

Conv

entio

nal d

oubl

e m

omen

tary

-act

ion

ligh

t swi

tch

On/O

ffDi

mm

ing

Mot

ion

sens

or/

Pres

ence

det

ecto

r

DSI-T

LC d

aylig

ht-b

ased

con

trol m

odul

ein

stal

led

in lu

min

aire

/rece

ssed

into

cei

ling

Ligh

t-se

nsor

line

e.g.

NYM

2 x

1.5

mm

2 , max

. len

gth

100

m

Cont

rol l

ine

e.g.

NYM

2 x

1.5

mm

2

max

. len

gth

100

m

up to

25

DALI

ele

ctr.

balla

sts/

Grou

p II

Gro

up I

I

Gro

up I

12 11 910 12 11 910

Fluo

resc

ent l

amps

T26

/T16

TC-L

/TC-

DEL/

TC-T

EL

Fluo

resc

ent l

amps

T26

/T16

TC-L

/TC-

DEL/

TC-T

ELup

to 2

5 DS

I ele

ctro

nic

balla

sts/

Grou

p II

up to

25

DALI

ele

ctr.

balla

sts/

Grou

p I

up to

25

DSI e

lect

roni

c ba

llast

s/Gr

oup

I

User

con

trol

uni

tsCo

ntro

l uni

tsLa

mp

cont

rol g

ear

Lam

ps

G I

G II

PCA

PCA

DSI-

TLC

DALI

-TLC

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 7

Page 100: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

8 / Chapter 5

LUXMATE Basic Daylight DSI-TLE or DALI-TLEDaylight-based control (DALI-TLE available on request)for large rooms

A p p l i c a t i o n s• Open-plan offices• Manufacturing bays, warehouses, sports halls and gymnasiums• Supermarkets etc.

Arg

um

en

ts f

or

you

r c

ust

om

ers

: se

e

pa

ge

6!

0 % 50 % 80 %

5 m 4 m 3 m0 m

1 m

2 m

3 m

4 m

5 m

6 m

2 m2.5 m 1 m

Window height = 2.5 m

Vertical sensor positioning

°

5 m 4 m 3 m 2 m2.5 m 1 m 0 m

2 m

3 m

1 m

1 m

2 m

3 m

0 m

Window width = 4.0 m

Horizontal sensor positioning

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 8

Page 101: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 5 / 9

NL

On/O

ffAu

to/M

an UpDo

wn

III

IIISe

LSD

light

sen

sor

mou

nted

on

ceili

ng

Conv

entio

nal

ser

ial s

witc

h

Dim

min

g us

ing

con

vent

iona

l dou

ble

mom

enta

ry-a

ctio

n li

ght s

witc

h

DSI-

TLE

dayl

ight

-ba

sed

cont

rol

mod

ule

for 3

gro

ups,

in

stal

led

in

switc

h ca

bine

t

up to

100

DSI

ele

ctr.

balla

sts/

Grou

p I,

II, II

I up

to 6

4 DA

LI e

lect

r. ba

llast

s/Gr

oup

I, II,

III

up to

100

DSI

ele

ctr.

balla

sts/

Grou

p I,

II, II

I up

to 6

4 DA

LI e

lect

r. ba

llast

s/Gr

oup

I, II,

III

up to

100

DSI

ele

ctr.

balla

sts/

Grou

p I,

II, II

I up

to 6

4 DA

LI e

lect

r. ba

llast

s/Gr

oup

I, II,

III

Gro

up I

II

Gro

up I

Gro

up I

I

Ligh

t-se

nsor

line

e.g.

NYM

2 x

1.5

mm

2

max

. len

gth

250

m

Cont

rol l

ine

e.g.

NYM

2 x

1.5

mm

2

max

. len

gth

250

m

Inse

rt ju

mpe

r be

twee

n Up

/Dow

n fo

r sin

gle

mom

enta

ry-

actio

n sw

itch

NL PE On/O

ff

Auto

mat

ic/M

anua

l

L N D 1 D 2

12 11 910

L N D 1 D 2

12 11 910

L N D 1 D 2

12 11 910

Alte

rnat

ive:

Con

nect

the

“Up”

and

“D

own”

term

inal

s to

geth

er w

ith a

ju

mpe

r whe

n us

ing

a si

ngle

m

omen

tary

-act

ion

switc

h.

Fluo

resc

ent l

amps

T26

/T16

TC-L

/TC-

DEL/

TC-T

EL

Fluo

resc

ent l

amps

T26

/T16

TC-L

/TC-

DEL/

TC-T

EL

Fluo

resc

ent l

amps

T26

/T16

TC-L

/TC-

DEL/

TC-T

EL

User

con

trol

uni

tsCo

ntro

l uni

tsLa

mp

cont

rol g

ear

Lam

ps

PCA

PCA

PCA

DSI-

TLE

DALI

-TLE

LUXMATE Basic Daylight DSI-TLE or DALI-TLE“Daylight-based control for large rooms”

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 9

Page 102: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

10 / Chapter 5

Lam

psDi

mm

ing/

Co

ntro

l gea

r/

DALI

Cont

rol

switc

hing

rang

edi

mm

erlo

ads

unit

Gene

ral-p

urpo

se

100–

0 %

EMOT

ION -

APDX

1la

mps

,PAR

lam

ps,

500

VA,1

,000

VA

Halo

gen

inca

ndes

-SD

K-AN

-06,

1,40

0 VA

1AN

ASce

nt la

mps

SD

K-AB

-05,

1,20

0 VA

Low

-vol

tage

hal

ogen

100–

0 %

DALI

TE

one4

all

1in

cand

esce

nt la

mps

105

VA,1

50 V

ADi

scha

rge

lam

psHI

T 10

0 %

Elec

troni

c/10

1RUK

,4A2)

SDW

-T 1

00 %

conv

entio

nal b

alla

st1

4RUK

S,4x

16A3)

HS 3

0,50

,100

%HM

50,

100

%In

duct

ion

lam

psQL

100

%Sw

itcha

ble

100

%flu

ores

cent

lam

psDi

mm

able

T1

6/T2

6 10

0–1

%DA

LI e

lect

roni

c ba

llast

1

fluor

esce

nt la

mps

TC 1

00–3

%(L

DE-D

O)

Oper

atio

nFu

nctio

n

EMOT

ION

On/O

ff,di

mm

ing,

Touc

h16

x 1

6 ro

om-b

ased

ligh

ting

scen

esst

atic

or A

ctive

Lig

htTi

med

ligh

ting

scen

es

Mom

enta

ry-

On/O

ff,di

mm

ing,

actio

n sw

itch1)

Mot

ion

sens

or1)

Callin

g up

/cha

ngin

g sc

enes

EMOT

ION

Dow

nloa

d/up

load

via

RS

232

Touc

hin

terfa

cePC

sof

twar

eAd

dres

sing,

scen

es,s

hows

,tim

e en

tries

Dim

min

g an

d sw

itchi

ng w

ith L

UXM

ATE

Emot

ion

+ o

ptio

nal i

nteg

ratio

n of

ONL

ITE

Loca

l Che

ck(2

x 6

4 DA

LI a

ddre

sses

,2 x

99

DALI

load

s)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 10

Page 103: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 5 / 11

LED

100–

0 %

LED

K210

/K21

1 25

W1

STAR

FLEX

QT

100–

0 %

dim

mab

le tr

ansf

.1–1

0 V

1AN

ASST

ARFL

EX H

IT10

0 %

elec

troni

c ba

llast

150

W1

4RUK

S,4x

16A

conv

entio

nal b

allas

t 250

W1

4RUK

S,4x

16A

colo

ur w

heel

1AN

ASdi

mm

ing

whe

el1

ANAS

Esca

pe-s

ign

70 %

Emer

genc

y lig

htin

g el

ectr.

1lu

min

aire

s (T

,TC)

balla

st (L

ocal

Che

ck)

Emer

genc

yDe

pend

s on

DA

LI e

lect

roni

c ba

llast

+

3lu

min

aire

s (T

,TC)

wat

tage

4)em

erge

ncy

light

ing

elec

troni

c ba

llast

(L

ocal

Che

ck N

T1-N

T3)

ONLI

TE S

B 12

8No

n-m

aint

aine

d/m

aint

aine

d m

ode

can

Loca

l Che

ckbe

set

for e

ach

lum

inai

reCo

ntro

ller5)

Rand

om te

st fu

nctio

nPr

ogra

mm

able

func

tion

test

/dur

atio

n te

stTe

st lo

g bo

ok fu

nctio

n (p

rinta

ble6)

)Al

arm

out

put (

buzz

er,r

elay

cont

act 2

4 V,

GSM

,SM

S7))

Loca

l Che

ckDo

wnl

oad/

uplo

ad v

ia R

S 23

2 Co

ntro

ller3)

inte

rface

PC s

oftw

are

Conf

igur

atio

n da

ta,t

est l

og b

ook

1)via

EM

OTIO

N SD

ED,5

DAL

I loa

ds2)

not f

or D

isch

arge

lam

ps,o

ther

wis

e ca

n on

ly be

use

das

con

tact

or re

lay

3)av

aila

ble

on re

ques

t4)

deta

ils in

ONL

ITE

prod

uct b

roch

ure

5)in

clude

s bu

s su

pply,

EMOT

ION

BV b

us s

uppl

y no

t req

uire

d

6)w

ith O

NLIT

E Lo

cal C

heck

pow

er s

uppl

y an

d pr

inte

r7)

with

ONL

ITE

Loca

l Che

ck p

ower

sup

ply

and

GSM

mod

ule

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 11

Page 104: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Mains 230 V/50 Hz NL

NL

PE

NL

Line 2:DALI control line

e.g. NYM 2 x 1.5 mm2

max. length 300 mmax. 64 users (addresses)

99 DALI loads

Line 1:DALI control line

e.g. NYM 2 x 1.5 mm2

max. length 300 mmax. 64 users (addresses)

99 DALI loads

DADA DADA

DADA DADA

EMOTION-SDED (5 DALI loads)

max. 0.25 m, cable included in supply

T1COM T2 T3 T4

T1COM T3COM T4COMT2

ONLITE SB 128LOCAL CHECK controller,integral bus supply

Use EMOTION BV bus supply if ONLITE not included in system

Conductor cross-sections DALI control line

2 x 0.50 mm2

2 x 0.75 mm2

2 x 1.00 mm2

2 x 1.50 mm2

Cable length

116 m174 m232 m300 m

Lamp type

A, PAR, QTT16/T26 with low-loss ballast (parallel p.f. corrected)TC with low-loss ballast(parallel p.f. corrected)T16/T26/TC with electr. ballast LV with transformerHIT, SDW-T, HS, HM

Safe installed loadEMOTION 1 RUK

500 W250 W

250 W

30A for 0.5 s max.30A for 0.5 s max.–

EMOTION 4RUKS

4 x 2,000 W4 x 920 W

4 x 800 W

4 x 10 A4 x 10 A4 x 800 W

DADADADA DADA

EKXP installation box(please order separately)

EMOTION Touch

LSD* light sensor

LM-CS(X)*control point

LUXMATE EMOTION “Lighting control system”

12 / Chapter 5

Operation/supply

Cable lengths of DALI control line

Switching lamps using LUXMATE EMOTION

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 12

Page 105: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Escape-sign luminaireLOCAL CHECK(1 DALI load)

1211

910

Fluorescent lamps T26/T16TC-L/TC-DEL/TC-TEL

LNDADA DALI electronic ballast (1 DALI load)

e.g. HIT luminairesK'K

DADA

EMOTION-1RUK (10 DALI loads)

EMOTION 4RUKS (1 DALI load)

LN

DA DA

K1'K1

K2'K2

K3'K3

K4'K4

NL'

Incandescent lamps/HV halogen incandescent lamps

DADANL

Emotion APD (1 DALI load)

max. 2 m

LV halogen incandescent lamps

DA DA DALI-TE (1 DALI load)

GR

BLED luminaires

DADA

DALI LED converter(1 DALI load)

NL

0/1–10 V unitse.g. STARFLEX fibre optics(1 DALI load)

DA

DAEMOTION ANAS(1 DALI load)

TECTON trunkingPROTON TEC*SPIRIT TEC

LN

DA DA

LN

DA DA

Locally supplied emergency luminaireLOCAL CHECK NT1-NT3(3 DALI loads)

LN

DA DA

* available on request

LN

DA DA

t

D2D1

D2D1

25 DSI luminaires

25 DSI luminairesDALI-DSI*

Chapter 5 / 13

Lighting/emergency lighting

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 13

Page 106: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

14 / Chapter 5

LUXMATE Professional (selection)

LM-PFCInstallation-specific operation IRED

IRS

LM-IRB

LM-SWED

LM-SDED

For dimming and switching individual luminaire groups

LM-RV LM-2LSE LM-2JSM

Screen Blinds Blinds

LM-SI03

LM-BVS35

L, N L, N L, N

Partitionswitch

RS-232 link to AV systemASCII plain text protocol

Bus

MainsDSI- or DALI control lineSensor cable

LM-MPA/LM-CPASingle-room solution

LM-CG/LM-EGMulti-room solution

Motor 1

LM-CS(X)control point

B1, B2, L, N B1, B2, L, NB1, B2

B1, B2, L, N

B1, B2 L, N

B1, B2

B1, B2

Motor 2

B1, B2B1, B2 K1

LM-ZSM

Timer control

L, N L, N

LM-iZSQ

Sequenceautomation

B1, B2B1, B2

L, N

B1, B2

L, N

24VDC24VAC

230VAC

Window Window

Motor 1 Motor 2

LM-2FSE

L, N

B1, B2

Commissioning/user control units

Room management/central control/automation

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 14

Page 107: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 5 / 15

LM-2TLLM 2TL DALI

LSDFluorescent lamps

LM-DALI

DALI-PCA

DALI-APD

DALI-TEL

DALI LED converter

up to 64 ballasts in 16 groups

Local checkrepeater

SB 128 local checkCTP

locally supplied LOCAL CHECK emergency luminaire

ONLITE interface, emergency lighting

LOCAL CHECK escape-sign luminaire

LED luminaires

LV halogen incandescent lamps

Incandescent lamps/HV halogen incandescent lamps

Fluorescent lamps

LM-2RUKElectronic/conven-tional ballast for discharge lamps

K', K

HIT/HST/HME lamps

B1, B2

B1, B2

B1, B2

D1, D2

D1, D2

D1, D2

D1, D2

D1, D2

D1, D2

D1, D2

L, N

D1, D2

L, N

L, N

LM-DSI up to 10 DSI electronic ballasts

Fluorescent lamps

D1, D2 D1, D2B1, B2

L, N

L, N

L, N

L, N

L, N

option to connect a daylight sensor to the LM-STL or LM-2TL/DALI

LM DALI-S

D1, D2

up to 10 DSI electronic ballastsup to 10 DALI electronic ballasts

up to 10 DSI electronic ballastsup to 10 DALI electronic ballasts

Lighting management

DSI dimming

Switching

Daylight-based dimming (DSI or DALI)

ONLITE interface for emergency lighting/local supply

DALI dimming

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 15

Page 108: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

16 / Chapter 5

Types of Zumtobel Staff emergency luminaires

ONLITE emergency lighting system(applicable to U.K.)

EMERGENCY LIGHTING

Emergency lighting

anti-paniclighting

Standbylighting

for escaperoutes and

rooms

for work-places with

particular risk

local solo:• Local battery• Function

display• Manual

test, notmonitored

local check:Autotest, notmonitored

• Group orcentralbattery

• Centralmonitoring

• Automatictesting

• Test logbook listing

ONLITE local ONLITE central

central test:• Monitoring

of up to4x64 lumi-naires by

e-DALI; function test and dur-ation test are programmable

• Test log book listing

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 16

Page 109: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 5 / 17

Routine Testing and Maintenance of Emergency LightingIt is important that equipment is properly tested and maintained if it isto function correctly when required in an emergency. All emergencylighting should be regularly checked and maintained by a competentperson in accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations. The fol-lowing table shows the routine testing of emergency lighting equipmentthat should take place.

Daily • Visually check that all maintained lamps are operatingand that all system healthy indicators on Central PowerSupply Systems (Central Battery Systems) are illumin-ated.

• Check that any system fault recorded is given urgentattention and record all corrective actions in the logbook provided.

Monthly • Check all luminaries and other emergency lightingequipment is in a good condition, all lamps and lightcontrollers are clean, undamaged and not blackened.

• Briefly test all emergency lighting equipment by simu-lating a failure of the normal lighting supply. The testshould not exceed a quarter of the equipment ratedduration. Check that all equipment functions correctly.

• Check that, upon restoring the mains supply, all supplyhealthy indicators are again illuminated.

Sixmonthly

• Carry out the inspection and testing as described inthe monthly test schedule, but conduct a test of theequipment for one third of its rated duration.

Annually* • A full system test should be conducted by a competentservice engineer including a full rated duration test ofthe system.

• Compliance of the installation and system with therequirements of BS5266/BSEN 1838 should be con-sidered and documented.

The results of all testing and any necessary corrective action shouldbe recorded in a log record held on site which shall be available ifrequired, for inspection by any authorised person.

* The publication of prEN50172 will change the requirements ofBS5266 Part1. prEN50172 changes the requirements for the firstthree years of self-contained luminaires to be annual full durationtests.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 17

Page 110: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

18 / Chapter 5

ICEL1008

SectionRef

B55266Pt1Clause

Ref

Com

plie

s

Not A

pplic

able

Does

Not

Com

ply

3 Where artificial lighting is installed, is emergency lightingfitted on the escape routes andin open areas?

6.g),6.h)

Is emergency lighting and firesafety signage on the existingescape routes adequate topermit occupants to reach aplace of safety within 2–3 minutes?

6.j Is emergency lighting installedin all open areasof greater than 60m2

6.d),6.e), 7

If there are special risks e.g.flammable materials used inprocesses, or areas havingrestricted access, is emergencylighting fitted?

E1 Assessment of Escape Routes

Risk Assessment Checklist for Emergency LightingInstallationsRisk assessment of the following parameters to provide the requiredlevel of emergency lighting when the occupants of premises evacuate inan emergency could mean the difference between life and death.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 18

Page 111: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 5 / 19

ICEL1008

SectionRef

B55266Pt1Clause

Ref

Com

plie

s

Does

Not

Com

ply

11 Are the existing luminaires clean,undamaged and are all lamps intact,operational and unblackened?

9.4 6.10.2 Are luminaire housings on escaperoutes fire retardant in accordancewith BS5266?ICEL Registered products automa-tically comply, for others refer tooriginal equipment manufacturer.

9.3 9.1 Do the luminaires operate for therequired emergency duration? Theminimum duration is 1 hour, how-ever in premises where evacuationis not immediate, following a normalmains failure, 3 hours is required.Note: After fully discharging thesystem allow 24 hours to rechargebefore re-occupying the building.

9.2 6.10.1 Are the fittings sited in their correctoperating environment, e.g. fortemperature and I.P. rating?

9.3 9.2 Are the luminaires of the correctsystem type (e.g. Non maintained/maintained/combined)?

E2 Assessment of Existing Emergency Lighting –Luminaires and Escape Route Signs

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 19

Page 112: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

20 / Chapter 5

ICEL1008

SectionRef

B55266Pt1Clause

Ref

Com

plie

s

Does

Not

Com

ply

8 Do the sign legends comply with theHealth and Safety (Safety Signs andSignals) Regulations 1996?

6g),8 5.6,.6.9.3 Are there signs that clearly show theemergency escape routes from anyposition within the premises?

6.j),4 5.6 Are all exits marked and directionsof travel indicated?

4 6.9.3 Are the signs illuminated internallyor from an external source when thenormal lighting supply fails?

8.1 5.6 Is the size of each sign correct forthe viewing distances?

E3 Assessment of Fire Safety Signs

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 20

Page 113: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 5 / 21

E4 Siting of Luminaires

ICEL1008

SectionRef

B55266Pt1Clause

Ref

Com

plie

s

Not A

pplic

able

Does

Not

Com

ply

9.1 6.7 Are the luminaires positioned atall points of emphasis –

ICEL1006

Near stairs, such that all readsreceive direct light?

ICEL1006

Near changes of level?

ICEL1006

Near each change of direction?

ICEL1006

Near each intersection ofcorridors?

ICEL1006

To illuminate Exit doors?

ICEL1006

Near each piece of fire fightingequipment or manual call point?

ICEL1006

Outside and near to each finalexit to a point of safety?

ICEL1006

Near each first aid point?

6.c),9.1

5.3.2 Are luminaires sited along thepermanently unobstructedescape routes at the correctspacings, positioned to achievethe required minimum level ofilluminance of 0.2 Lux?

6.d),9.1

5.2,5.3 +BS5266Pt7/BSEN1838

Are luminaires sited alongescape routes which maybecome obstructed, positionedto achieve a minimum level ofilluminance of 1 Lux?

6.c),9.1 5.2 +BS5266Pt7/BSEN1838

Are luminaires sited along theescape routes which may beutilized by the very young,elderly, disabled or partiallysighted, positioned to achieve a level of illuminance of at least1 Lux (possibly significantly higher, depending on the degreeof impairment?

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 21

Page 114: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

22 / Chapter 5

E4 Siting of Luminaires (continued)

ICEL1008

SectionRef

B55266Pt1Clause

Ref

Com

plie

s

Not A

pplic

able

Does

Not

Com

ply

6.j),9.1 5.3.3 +BS5266Pt7/BSEN1838

Are luminaires in the openareas of greater than 60 m2, atthe correct spacing to achievethe illuminance of 0.5 Lux mini-mum?

9.1 6.3 Are a minimum of 2 luminairescontributing to the emergencyillumination in each ‘lightingcompartment’ on the escaperoute, to ensure that the area isnot plunged into darkness if aluminaire fails?

Are additional luminaires provided in the following locations –

ICEL1006

6.8.3 Lift cars?

ICEL1006

6.8.5 Toilet facilities and other opentiled areas exceeding 8 m2

floor area and all toilets for thedisabled?

ICEL1006

6.8.4 Escalators?

ICEL1006

6.8.4 Motor generator, control or plantrooms?

ICEL1006

6.8.7 Covered car parks alongpedestrian routes?

ICEL1006

Near each first aid point?

6.e),7 Are high risk areas illuminatedat 10 % of normal illuminance or at least 1.5 Lux, in an emer-gency, with a response time of 0.5 seconds or less?

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 22

Page 115: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 5 / 23

ICEL1008

SectionRef

B55266Pt1Clause

Ref

Section not applicable

Com

plie

s

Does

Not

Com

ply

App.D 12.4 Are the batteries being charged(indicator lamp on)?

9.4 6.10.1 Do the luminaires comply with allrelevant product standards forescape routes?

9.4 6.10.2 ICEL marked luminaires auto-matically comply. In particular ICELsignifies fire retardant housings andverified photometric data.

E5 Self-Contained Emergency Luminaires and Sign

ICEL1008

SectionRef

B55266Pt1Clause

Ref

Section not applicable

Com

plie

s

Does

Not

Com

ply

9.6 Do the Central Power SupplySystems (Central Battery Systems)comply with prEN 50171 or does acompetent person declare thesystems are working correctly?

App.D 12.4 Is the battery charger functioningcorrectly?

E6 Central Power Supply Systems (Central Battery Systems)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 23

Page 116: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

24 / Chapter 5

E7 Wiring of Luminaires

ICEL1008

SectionRef

B55266Pt1Clause

Ref

Com

plie

s

Does

Not

Com

ply

App.E Has a risk assessment verificationcertificate been provided?

10 11.3 Are the entries made in the log bookcorrect?

10 3.3 Are up-to-date drawings availableand correct?

E8 Records and Documentation

ICEL1008

SectionRef

B55266Pt1Clause

Ref

Com

plie

s

Not A

pplic

able

Does

Not

Com

ply

9 8.2.13 Are luminaires permanentlywired?

9 6.2 Are the non maintained lumin-aires fed from the same finalsub-circuit as the local lighting?(A qualified electrician can usu-ally check by removing the locallighting fuse and verifying theemergency lighting operation)

9.6 8.3.5.2. +IEE Regs

Is the volt drop to CentralBattery luminaires within 10%of the nominal voltage and areluminaires connected in fireprotected cable as defined inBS5266?

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 24

Page 117: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 5 / 25

E9 Routine Maintenance

ICEL1008

SectionRef

B55266Pt1Clause

Ref

Com

plie

s

Not A

pplic

able

Does

Not

Com

ply

Is a procedure in place to rectify test failures and providespares?

10 8.3.3, 12.4 Is a regime of regular testingset up?

10 12.4 Are routine tests completedaccording to the requirementsin BS5266?

App. D Central Power Supply Systems(Central Battery Systems).Where applicable, are the batte-ry electrolyte levels and specificgravities satisfactory?

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

05_LUXMATELM_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:40 Uhr Seite 25

Page 118: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

00_INHALTSVER_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:21 Uhr Seite 2

Page 119: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

The five steps of lighting design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2PANOS HF/HG 175/200/250 2-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3PANOS HM 175/200/250 2-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4PANOS LF/LG 175/200/250 2-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5PANOS LM 175/200/250 2-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6QUARTOS CQF 1-/2-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7MIRAL/MIREL RAS/RES – BWS 2-/3-/4-lamp . . . . . . . 8MIREL FEC/FED 1-/4-lamp M625 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9RTX II C bzw. D 1-/2-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10MELLOW LIGHT IV – louvre (surface-mounted/recessed) 11MELLOW LIGHT IV – grid-mesh controller (surface-mounted/recessed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12LIGHT FIELDS recessed M625 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13LIGHT FIELDS surface-mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14LIGHT FIELDS A-ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15LA TRAVE KC T16 2-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16LA TRAVE KC T16 3-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17CLARIS MSD-ID 1-/2-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18AERO USN/UGN-ID 2-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19OREA GZ-ID 2-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20SPHEROS D-ID/C-ID T16 EVG 1-/2-lamp . . . . . . . . . . 21TECTON(-I) + RW T16 1-/2-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22TECTON(-I) + RW T16 1-/2-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23TECTON-IP louvre T16 1-/2-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24ZX/XR/XT 1-/2-lamp T26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25COPA I 250 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26COPA I 400 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27COPA D 32/42/57/85 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28COPA D 70/150 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29COPA D 250 W QT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30COPA A-B HIT/HST 1-/2-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31COPA A-B HIT/HST 1-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32COPA A-N HME 1-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33COPA A-B, A-T, A-ASY HST 1-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34COPA A-ASY HIT/HST 1-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35FZ/FT/IFP/TOL-TBC 1-lamp, 58 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36FZ/FT/IFP/TOL-TBC 1-lamp, 36 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37FZ/FT/IFP/TOL 2-lamp, 58 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38FZ/FT/IFP/TOL 2-lamp, 36 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39CHIARO FTR390/FTR680 1-/2-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40RAIN 1-/2-lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Chapter 6

Quickplan – calculating the number of luminaires required

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:43 Uhr Seite 1

Page 120: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

The five steps of lighting design

The lighting design process can be simplified into five steps:

Determine lighting REQUIREMENTS (see chapter on “Recommended values for indoor lighting”)

SELECT lamps and luminaires(see “Lamps” and “Luminaires” chapters)

Calculate NUMBER of luminaires required(using the Quickplan graphs below)

POSITION the luminaires(axial spacing values are noted in the Quickplan diagrams)

ANALYSE the results (technical lightingfeatures, costs)(for costs see “Economic efficiency calculation” chapter)

Efficiency methodThe Quickplan graphs have been calculated using the efficiencymethod.The following formulae can be used to give an approximatefigure for the mean illuminance and the number of luminairesrequired.

Em = mean illuminance n = number of luminairesz = number of lamps per luminaire WF= maintenance factorØL = luminous flux of the lamp A = floor areaηB = utilization factor (= ηLB · ηR)ηLB = luminaire efficiencyηR = room utilization factor

– Standard UGR values and maintained luminance levels forluminance limit angle (e.g. 65° or 75°) all around theluminaire

– Correction factors for dark rooms and different ceiling heights(no. of luminaires x factor)

– Maintenance factor uses an assumed value (graphs calculatedusing MF = 0.8)

– Uniformity: max. luminaire spacing to achieve a uniformitygreater than or equal to 0.7

Em =n · z · ØL · WF · ηB

An =

Em · A

z · ØL · WF · ηB

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:43 Uhr Seite 2

Page 121: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 6 / 3

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

Floo

r are

a m

2

86 80 72 66 60 54 48 42 36 30 24 18 12 6

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.65

°2/

13 W

TC-

D (1

75)

17.3

17.3

< 1

000

cd/m

2

2/18

W T

C-D

(200

)17

.017

.0<

100

0 cd

/m2

2/26

W T

C-D

(250

)15

.815

.8<

200

cd/

m2

2/32

W T

C-T

(250

)16

.216

.2<

200

cd/

m2

140

130

120

110

100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

PANO

S HF

/HG

175/

200/

250

2-la

mp

500

lx30

0 lx

2/13

W T

C-D

(175

)

2/18

W T

C-D

(200

)

2/26

W T

C-D

(250

)

2/32

W T

C-T

(250

)

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.78

Lam

p op

erat

ion

2,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Axia

l spa

cing

up

to 2

.9 m

(2/1

3,2/

18),

up to

2.8

m (2

/26,

2/32

)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:43 Uhr Seite 3

Page 122: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

4 / Chapter 6

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

Floo

r are

a m

2

86 80 72 66 60 54 48 42 36 30 24 18 12 6

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.65

°/75

°2/

13 W

TC-

D (1

75)

17.6

17.6

75°<

200

cd/

m2

2/18

W T

C-D

(200

)18

.618

.675

°< 1

000

cd/m

2

2/26

W T

C-D

(250

)16

.016

.065

°< 1

000

cd/m

2

140

130

120

110

100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

PANO

S HM

175

/200

/250

2-la

mp

500

lx30

0 lx

2/13

W T

C-DE

L (1

75)

2/26

W T

C-DE

L (2

50)

2/18

W T

C-DE

L (2

00)

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.78

Lam

p op

erat

ion

2,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Axia

l spa

cing

up

to 3

.1 m

/2.9

m (2

/26

W)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:43 Uhr Seite 4

Page 123: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

Floo

r are

a m

2

86 80 72 66 60 54 48 42 36 30 24 18 12 6

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.75

°2/

13 W

TC-

D (1

75)

21.2

21.2

< 2

00 c

d/m

2

2/18

W T

C-D

(200

)20

.520

.5<

100

0 cd

/m2

2/26

W T

C-D

(250

)21

.721

.7<

200

cd/

m2

2/32

W T

C-T

(250

)24

.523

.5

140

130

120

110

100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

PANO

S LF

/LG

175/

200/

250

2-la

mp

500

lx30

0 lx

2/13

W T

C-D

(175

)

2/18

W T

C-D

(200

)

2/26

W T

C-D

(250

)

2/32

W T

C-T

(250

)

Chapter 6 / 5

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.78

Lam

p op

erat

ion

2,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Axia

l spa

cing

up to

3.7

m (2

/18

W),

up to

4

m (2

/13

W,2

/26

W),

up to

4.4

m (2

/32

W)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:43 Uhr Seite 5

Page 124: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

6 / Chapter 6

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

Floo

r are

a m

2

86 80 72 66 60 54 48 42 36 30 24 18 12 6

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.75

°2/

13 W

TC-

DEL

(175

)20

.920

.92/

18 W

TC-

DEL

(200

)20

.720

.7<

100

0 cd

/m2

2/26

W T

C-DE

L (2

50)

22.1

22.1

2/32

W T

C-TE

L (2

50)

22.7

21.9

140

130

120

110

100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

PANO

S LM

175

/200

/250

2-la

mp

500

lx30

0 lx

2/13

W T

C-DE

L (1

75)

2/18

W T

C-DE

L (2

00)

2/26

W T

C-DE

L (2

50)

2/32

W T

C-TE

L (2

50)

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.78

Lam

p op

erat

ion

2,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Axia

l spa

cing

up

to 4

m (2

/13

W,2

/18

W),

up to

4.7

m (2

/26

W,2

/32

W)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:43 Uhr Seite 6

Page 125: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 6 / 7

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

QUAR

TOS

CQF

1-/2

-lam

p50

0 lx

300

lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v. 6

5°CQ

F 1/

42 W

TC-

T 17

.517

.5<

100

0 cd

/m2

CQF

2/26

W T

C-D

16.1

16.1

< 2

00 c

d/m

2

CQF

2/32

W T

C-T

18.5

18.5

< 1

000

cd/m

2

1/42

W

2/26

W

2/32

W

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.78

Lam

p op

erat

ion

2,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Axia

l spa

cing

up

to 4

m (1

/42

W,2

/32

W),

up to

3.7

m (2

/26

W)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 7

Page 126: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

8 / Chapter 6

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

30 25 20 15 10 5

18 15 12 9 6 3

MIR

AL/M

IREL

RAS

/RES

- B

WS

2-/3

-/4-

lam

p50

0 lx

300

lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.RA

S/RE

S 2/

54 W

T16

16.4

19.5

RAS/

RES

3/80

W T

1614

.618

.0RA

S/RE

S 4/

54 W

T16

15.8

19.3

RAS/

RES

4/80

W T

1616

.219

.7

3/80

W

4/80

W

2/54

W

4/54

W

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.78

Lam

p op

erat

ion

6,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuo

us ro

w s

paci

ng u

p to

3.8

m

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 8

Page 127: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

MIR

EL F

EC/F

ED 1

-/4-

lam

p M

625

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v. 6

5°FE

C 1/

54 W

T16

17.7

17.9

< 1

000

cd/m

2

FEC

2/28

W T

1616

.315

.7<

100

0 cd

/m2

FEC

2/35

W T

1614

.614

.0<

100

0 cd

/m2

FEC

2/49

W T

1615

.414

.8<

100

0 cd

/m2

FEC

4/14

W T

1616

.115

.5<

100

0 cd

/m2

2/28

W

2/49

W

1/54

W4/

14 W

2/35

W

Chapter 6 / 9

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.78

Lam

p op

erat

ion

6,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuo

us ro

w s

paci

ng u

p to

4.3

m(1

/54

W) o

r 4.7

m

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 9

Page 128: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

RTX

II C

or D

1-/

2-la

mp

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

1/35

W

1/49

W

1/54

W

2/35

W

2/54

W

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v. 6

5°RT

X2 1

/35

W +

D15

.315

.8<

200

cd/

m2

RTX2

1/4

9 W

+ D

16.4

16.8

< 2

00 c

d/m

2

RTX2

1/5

4 W

+ D

17.6

18.1

< 2

00 c

d/m

2

RTX2

2/3

5 W

+ D

17.2

17.8

< 1

000

cd/m

2

RTX2

2/5

4 W

+ D

18.6

19.2

< 1

000

cd/m

2

10 / Chapter 6

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.78

Lam

p op

erat

ion

6,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuo

us ro

w s

paci

ng u

p to

4.3

m

1-la

mp,

up to

4 m

2-la

mp

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 10

Page 129: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 6 / 11

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

30 25 20 15 10 5

18 15 12 9 6 3

MEL

LOW

LIG

HT IV

– L

ouvr

e (s

urfa

ce-m

ount

ed/r

eces

sed)

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v. 6

5°M

L IV

A A

C 2/

35 T

16

13.7

13.0

< 1

000

cd/m

2

ML

IV A

AC

2/49

T16

14.4

14.1

< 1

000

cd/m

2

ML

IV A

AC

2/54

T16

15.3

14.9

< 1

000

cd/m

2

ML

IV B

EC

1/55

TC-

L M

625

16.4

14.8

< 1

000

cd/m

2

ML

IV B

EC

2/24

T16

M62

516

.714

.7<

100

0 cd

/m2

ML

IV A

EC

2/54

T16

M62

516

.416

.2<

100

0 cd

/m2

EC 2

/24

W

EC 1

/55

W

EC 2

/54

W

AC 2

/54

W

AC 2

/49

W

AC 2

/35

W

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

edium

-size

d ro

om (T

16)

MF=

0.8

Lam

p op

erat

ion

6,00

0 h

Clea

ning

of l

umin

aire

s1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

1 ye

ar

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuo

us ro

w s

paci

ng u

p to

4 m

,ax

ial s

paci

ng u

p to

4.7

m (2

/24

W)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 11

Page 130: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

12 / Chapter 6

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

30 25 20 15 10

5

18 15 12 9 6 3

MEL

LOW

LIG

HT IV

– G

rid-m

esh

cont

rolle

r(s

urfa

ce-m

ount

ed/r

eces

sed)

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

AB 2

/35

W

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.M

L IV

A A

B 2/

35 W

T16

18

.916

.1M

L IV

A A

B 2/

49 W

T16

19.4

16.7

ML

IV A

AB

2/54

W T

1620

.317

.5M

L IV

B E

B 1/

55 W

TC-

L M

625

20.4

19.1

ML

IV B

EB

2/24

W T

16 M

625

20.0

18.6

ML

IV B

EB

2/54

W T

16 M

625

19.8

19.9

AB 2

/49

W

EB 1

/55

W

AB 2

/54

W

EB 2

/24

W

EB 2

/54

W

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

edium

-size

d ro

om (T

16)

MF=

0.8

Lam

p op

erat

ion

6,00

0 h

Clea

ning

of l

umin

aire

s1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

1 ye

ar

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuo

us ro

w s

paci

ng u

p,ax

ial s

paci

ngup

to 5

.4 m

/4.7

m (2

/54

W E

B)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 12

Page 131: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

LIGH

T FI

ELDS

Rec

esse

d M

625

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.65

°L-

FIEL

D 2/

24 W

T16

15.4

15.3

L-FI

ELD

2/28

W T

1614

.414

.365

°< 1

000

cd/m

2

L-FI

ELD

2/35

W T

1614

.514

.465

°< 1

000

cd/m

2

L-FI

ELD

4/14

W T

1614

.514

.265

°< 1

000

cd/m

2

4/14

W

2/35

W

2/24

W

2/28

W

Chapter 6 / 13

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.77

Lam

p op

erat

ion

6,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuou

s row

spac

ing u

p to

3.7

m (2

/28

W,2/

35 W

),axia

l spa

cing u

p to 3

.4 m

(2/2

4 W,4

/14 W

)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 13

Page 132: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

14 / Chapter 6

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

LIGH

T FI

ELDS

Sur

face

-mou

nted

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.65

°L-

FIEL

DS A

2/2

8 W

14

.414

.465

°< 1

000

cd/m

2

L-FI

ELDS

A 2

/35

W14

.514

.465

°< 1

000

cd/m

2

L-FI

ELDS

A 4

/14

W14

.514

.265

°< 1

000

cd/m

2

2/28

W

2/35

W

4/14

W

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.77

Lam

p op

erat

ion

6,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuou

s ro

w sp

acing

up

to 3

.7 m

(2/2

8 W

,2/

35 W

),ax

ial s

pacin

g up

to 3

.4 m

(4/1

4 W

)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 14

Page 133: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

LIGH

T FI

ELDS

A-ID

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v. 6

5°L-

FIEL

DS A

-ID 2

/49

W

<13

<13

< 1

000

cd/m

2

L-FI

ELDS

A-ID

2/5

4 W

<13

<13

< 1

000

cd/m

2

L-FI

ELDS

A-ID

4/2

4 W

<13

<13

< 1

000

cd/m

2

2/54

W

4/24

W

2/49

W

Chapter 6 / 15

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.25

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.75

Lam

p op

erat

ion

4,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

1 ye

ar

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuou

s ro

w sp

acing

up

to 3

.7 m

(2/4

9 W

,2/

54 W

),ax

ial s

pacin

g up

to 3

.1 m

(4/2

4 W

)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 15

Page 134: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

16 / Chapter 6

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

LA T

RAVE

KC

T16

2-la

mp

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.55

°/65

°2/

35 W

T16

<13

<13

55°<

100

0 cd

/m2

2/54

W T

16<

13<

1365

°< 1

000

cd/m

2

2/54

W

2/35

W

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.25

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.75

Lam

p op

erat

ion

4,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

1 ye

ar

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuo

us ro

w s

paci

ng u

p to

3.1

m

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 16

Page 135: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

LA T

RAVE

KC

T16

3-la

mp

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.55

°/65

°3/

35 W

T16

<13

<13

55°<

100

0 cd

/m2

3/54

W T

16<

13<

1365

°< 1

000

cd/m

2

3/35

W

3/54

W

Chapter 6 / 17

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.25

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.75

Lam

p op

erat

ion

4,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

1 ye

ar

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuo

us ro

w s

paci

ng u

p to

4.2

m

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 17

Page 136: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

18 / Chapter 6

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

CLAR

IS M

SD-ID

1-/

2-la

mp

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.65

°1/

28 W

T16

<13

<13

< 1

000

cd/m

2

1/35

W T

16<

13<

13<

100

0 cd

/m2

2/28

W T

16<

13<

13<

100

0 cd

/m2

2/35

W T

16<

13<

13<

100

0 cd

/m2

2/28

W

2/35

W

1/28

W

1/35

W

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.25

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.77

Lam

p op

erat

ion

4,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

1 ye

ar

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuo

us ro

w s

paci

ng u

p to

3.9

m

1-la

mp,

up to

4.4

m 2

-lam

p

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 18

Page 137: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

AERO

USN

/UGN

-ID 2

-lam

p50

0 lx

300

lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

2/54

W

2/28

W

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.65

°2/

28 W

T16

<13

<13

< 1

000

cd/m

2

2/54

W T

16<

13<

13<

100

0 cd

/m2

Chapter 6 / 19

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.25

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.75

Lam

p op

erat

ion

4,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

1 ye

ar

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuo

us ro

w s

paci

ng u

p to

5.6

m

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 19

Page 138: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

20 / Chapter 6

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

OREA

GZ-

ID 2

-lam

p50

0 lx

300

lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.2/

54 W

T16

<13

<13

2/54

W

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.25

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.75

Lam

p op

erat

ion

4,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

1 ye

ar

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuo

us ro

w s

paci

ng u

p to

5.6

m

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 20

Page 139: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

SPHE

ROS

D-ID

/C-ID

T16

Ele

ctro

nic

balla

st 1

-/2-

lam

p50

0 lx

300

lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.65

°/75

°1/

35 W

T16

<13

<13

65°<

100

0 cd

/m2

1/54

W T

16<

13<

1365

°< 1

000

cd/m

2

2/28

W T

16<

13<

1365

°< 1

000

cd/m

2

2/35

W T

16<

13<

1365

°< 1

000

cd/m

2

2/54

W T

1614

.613

.575

°< 1

000

cd/m

2

1/35

W

1/54

W

2/54

W

2/28

W

2/35

W

Chapter 6 / 21

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.25

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.77

Lam

p op

erat

ion

4,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

1 ye

ar

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuo

us ro

w s

paci

ng u

p to

4.2

m

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 21

Page 140: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

22 / Chapter 6

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

TECT

ON(-

I) +

RW

T16

1-/

2-la

mp

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.TE

CTON

1/5

4 W

T16

+ R

W25

.122

.9TE

CTON

1/5

4 W

T16

+PK

+RW

25.5

20.9

TECT

ON 2

/54

W T

16 +

RW

25.8

25.0

TECT

ON-I

2/54

W T

16 +

R24

.524

.5

1/54

W+

PK

1/54

W

2/54

W-I

2/54

W

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.80

Lam

p op

erat

ion

6,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

1 ye

ar

Unifo

rmity

Axial

spa

cing

up to

5.6

m/4

.8 m

(-I 2

/54

W +

R)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 22

Page 141: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 6 / 23

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

TECT

ON(-

I) +

RW

T16

1-/

2-la

mp

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.TE

CTON

1/8

0 W

T16

+ R

W25

.423

.2TE

CTON

1/8

0 W

T16

+PK

+RW

25.8

21.2

TECT

ON 2

/80

W T

16 +

RW

26.1

25.3

TECT

ON-I

2/80

W T

16 +

R24

.824

.8

2/80

W

1/80

W

1/80

W+

PK

-I 2/

80 W

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.80

Lam

p op

erat

ion

6,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

1 ye

ar

Unifo

rmity

Axial

spa

cing

up to

5.6

m/4

.8 m

(-I 2

/80

W +

R)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 23

Page 142: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

24 / Chapter 6

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

TECT

ON-IP

Lou

vre

T16

1-/2

-lam

p50

0 lx

300

lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.TE

CTON

-IP 1

/54

W T

1619

.418

.8TE

CTON

-IP 1

/80

W T

1619

.719

.2TE

CTON

-IP 2

/54

W T

1621

.220

.5TE

CTON

-IP 2

/80

W T

1621

.520

.9

2/54

W

2/80

W

1/54

W

1/80

W

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.80

Lam

p op

erat

ion

6,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce2

year

sRo

om m

aint

enan

ce2

year

s

Unifo

rmity

Axia

l spa

cing

up

to 4

.4 m

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 24

Page 143: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 6 / 25

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

ZX/X

R/XT

1-/

2-la

mp

T26

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

1/58

W+

XR

1/58

W

2/58

W+

XR2/

58 W

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ial

UGR_

trans

v.ZX

1/5

8 W

T26

26.7

22.3

ZX 2

/58

W T

2625

.819

.2ZX

1/5

8 W

T26

+ X

R23

.622

.0ZX

2/5

8 W

T26

+ X

R25

.522

.3ZX

1/5

8 W

T26

+ X

T<

13

20.3

ZX 2

/58

W T

26 +

XT

18.9

21.4

1/58

W+

XT

2/58

W+

XT

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1 fo

r(X

R,XT

)/1.2

5 fo

r (ZX

)

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.80

Lam

p op

erat

ion

6,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

1 ye

ar

Unifo

rmity

Axia

l spa

cing

at R

h =

6 m

up

to 1

6 m

(ZX)

/14

m (X

R)/6

.5 m

(XT)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 25

Page 144: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

26 / Chapter 6

5010

015

020

025

030

035

040

045

050

0

30 25 20 15 10 5

18 15 12 9 6 3

COPA

I 25

0 W

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 6

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.65

°1/

250W

HIE

RAB

190

00lm

TST

15.2

15.2

< 1

000

cd/m

2

1/25

0W H

SE R

AB 2

5000

lm T

ST16

.216

.2<

100

0 cd

/m2

1/25

0 W

HIE

1/25

0 W

HSE

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n la

rge

room

MF=0

.79 (H

IE)MF

=0.83

(HSE)

Lam

p op

erat

ion

4000

h8,

000

hCl

eanin

g of

lum

i.(IP6

5)1

year

3 ye

ars

Room

mai

nten

ance

1 ye

ar3

year

s

Unifo

rmity

Axia

l spa

cing

up

to 5

m (T

ST)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 26

Page 145: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 6 / 27

5010

015

020

025

030

035

040

045

050

0

30 25 20 15 10 5

18 15 12 9 6 3

COPA

I 40

0 W

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

1/40

0 W

HIE

1/40

0 W

HSE

*

1/40

0 W

HSE

**

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 6

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.65

°/75

°1/

400W

HIE

RAB

360

00 lm

17.5

17.5

75°<

100

0 cd

/m2

1/40

0W H

SE R

AB 3

6000

lm*

17.6

17.4

75°<

100

0 cd

/m2

1/40

0W H

SE R

AB 4

7000

lm**

16.0

16.0

65°<

100

0 cd

/m2

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n la

rge

room

MF=0

.70 (H

IE)MF

=0.83

(HSE)

Lam

p op

erat

ion

2000

h8,

000

hCl

eanin

g of

lum

i.(IP6

5)1

year

3 ye

ars

Room

mai

nten

ance

1 ye

ar3

year

s

Unifo

rmity

Axia

l spa

cing

up

to 8

.3 m

*(Co

lour

rend

ition

cla

ss R

a >

60)

**(C

olou

r ren

ditio

n cl

ass

Ra >

20)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 27

Page 146: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

28 / Chapter 6

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 4

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.65

° / 7

5°CO

PA D

1/3

2W R

KF/R

KID

15.1

15.1

65°<

200

cd/

m2

COPA

D 1

/42W

RKF

/RKI

D17

.317

.375

°< 2

00 c

d/m

2

COPA

D 1

/57W

RKF

23.2

23.2

COPA

D 1

/57W

RKI

D20

.520

.575

°< 1

000

cd/m

2

COPA

D 1

/85W

RKF

17.6

17.6

65°<

100

0 cd

/m2

COPA

D 1

/85W

RKI

D17

.517

.565

°< 1

000

cd/m

2

1/32

W R

KF/R

KID

1/42

W R

KF/R

KID

1/57

W R

KF/R

KID

1/85

W R

KF/R

KID

COPA

D 3

2/42

/57/

85 W

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

5 m

1.2

1.1

6 m

1.4

1.2

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.78

Lam

p op

erat

ion

2,00

0 h

Clea

ning

of l

umin

aire

s (IP

65)

1 ye

arRo

om m

aint

enan

ce2

year

s

Unifo

rmity

Axia

l spa

cing

up

to 5

m,u

p to

5.4

m(4

2W

RKF

),up

to 5

.7 m

(42

W R

KID,

57W

RKF

,RKI

D )

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 28

Page 147: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 6 / 29

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

30 25 20 15 10 5

18 15 12 9 6 3

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

COPA

D 7

0/15

0 W

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 4

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.55

°/65

°CO

PA D

1/7

0W (6

400

lm)

18.0

18.0

65° <

100

0 cd

/m2

COPA

D 1

/150

W (1

4000

lm)

20.9

20.9

75° <

100

0 cd

/m2

1/70

W H

IT

1/15

0 W

HIT

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

5 m

1.2

1.1

6 m

1.4

1.2

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=0

.77 (H

CI)La

mp

oper

atio

n2,

000

hCl

eani

ng o

f lum

inai

res

(IP65

)1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Axia

l spa

cing

up

to 4

m

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 29

Page 148: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

30 / Chapter 6

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

COPA

D 2

50 W

QT

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 4

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.65

°CO

PA D

1/2

50 W

QT

17.8

17.8

< 1

000

cd/m

2

1/25

0 W

QT

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

5 m

1.2

1.1

6 m

1.4

1.2

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.76

Lam

p op

erat

ion

1,00

0 h

Clea

ning

of l

umin

aire

s (IP

65)

1 ye

arRo

om m

aint

enan

ce2

year

s

Unifo

rmity

Axia

l spa

cing

up

to 4

.5 m

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 30

Page 149: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 6 / 31

5010

015

020

025

030

035

040

045

050

0

30 25 20 15 10 5

18 15 12 9 6 3

COPA

A-B

HIT

/HST

1-/

2-la

mp

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

1/25

0 W

HIT

2/25

0 W

HIT

1/25

0 W

HST

2/25

0 W

HST

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 6

mUG

R_ax

ial

UGR_

tran

sv.

COPA

A-B

1/2

50W

HIT

(20

000

lm)

25.8

25.1

COPA

A-B

1/2

50W

HST

(23

000

lm)

26.6

25.6

COPA

A-B

2/2

50W

HIT

(40

000

lm)

27.3

27.3

COPA

A-B

1/2

50W

HST

(46

000

lm)

22.6

31.6

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n lar

ge ro

omMF

=0.80

(HIT)

MF=0

.81 (H

ST)La

mp

oper

atio

n2,

000

h14

,000

hCl

eanin

g of

lum

i.(IP6

5)1

year

1 ye

arRo

om m

aint

enan

ce2

year

s2

year

s

Unifo

rmity

Axia

l spa

cing

up to

:7,5

m H

ST,u

p to

8.3

m2/

250

W H

IT,up

to 9

m 1

/250

W H

IT

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 31

Page 150: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

32 / Chapter 6

5010

015

020

025

030

035

040

045

050

0

30 25 20 15 10 5

18 15 12 9 6 3

COPA

A-B

HIT

/HST

1-la

mp

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 6

mUG

R_ax

ial

UGR_

tran

sv.

COPA

A_B

1/4

00 W

HIT

(320

00 lm

) *25

.825

.1CO

PA A

_B 1

/400

W H

ST (4

8000

lm) *

*26

.625

.6

1/40

0 W

HST

1/40

0 W

HIT

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n la

rge

room

MF=0

.67 (H

IT)MF

=0.81

(HST)

Lam

p op

erat

ion

1,00

0 h

14,0

00 h

Clea

ning

of lu

mi.(

IP65)

1 ye

ar1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Axia

l spa

cing

up

to 9

m

*(Co

lour

rend

ition

cla

ss R

a >

90)

**(C

olou

r ren

ditio

n cl

ass

Ra >

20)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 32

Page 151: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 6 / 33

5010

015

020

025

030

035

040

045

050

0

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

COPA

A-N

HM

E 1-

lam

pX=

4H Y

=8H

/ S=

0.25

H / R

efle

ctio

n fa

ctor

s 70

/50/

20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 6

mUG

R_ax

ial

UGR_

tran

sv.

COPA

A_B

1/2

50 W

HM

E (1

3000

lm)

27.0

25.2

COPA

A_B

1/4

00 W

HM

E (2

2000

lm)

29.0

27.7

1/25

0 W

HM

E

1/40

0 W

HM

E

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n la

rge

room

MF=

0.80

Lam

p op

erat

ion

2,00

0 h

Clea

ning

of l

umin

aire

s (IP

65)

1 ye

arRo

om m

aint

enan

ce2

year

s

Unifo

rmity

Axia

l spa

cing

up

to 9

m

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 33

Page 152: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

34 / Chapter 6

5010

015

020

025

030

035

040

045

050

0

10 8 6 4 2

6 5 4 3 2 1

COPA

A-B

, A-T

, A-A

SY H

ST 1

-lam

p50

0 lx

300

lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

A-B

1/60

0 W

HST

A-AS

Y 1/

600

W H

ST

A-T

1/60

0 W

HST

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 6

mUG

R_ax

ial

UGR_

tran

sv.

COPA

A-B

1/6

00 W

HST

32

.731

.2CO

PA A

-T 1

/600

W H

ST

22.6

27.7

COPA

ASY

1/6

00 W

HST

-

-

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n la

rge

room

MF=

0.83

Lam

p op

erat

ion

10,0

00 h

Clea

ning

of l

umin

aire

s (IP

65)

2 ye

ars

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Axia

l spa

cing

up

to 6

.3 m

(ASY

),up

to

7.5

m (A

-B)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 34

Page 153: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 6 / 35

5010

015

020

025

030

035

040

045

050

0

30 25 20 15 10 5

18 15 12 9 6 3

COPA

A-A

SY H

IT/H

ST 1

-lam

p50

0 lx

300

lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

1/25

0 W

HIT 1/

400

W H

ST1/40

0 W

HIT

1/25

0 W

HST

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 6

mCO

PA A

-ASY

1/2

50 W

HIT

(200

00 lm

)CO

PA A

-ASY

1/2

50 W

HST

(270

00 lm

)CO

PA A

-ASY

1/4

00 W

HIT

(320

00 lm

)CO

PA A

-ASY

1/4

00 W

HST

(480

00 lm

)

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.1

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n la

rge

room

MF=0

.81 (H

ST)

Lam

p op

erat

ion

14,0

00 h

Clea

ning

of l

umin

aire

s (IP

65)

2 ye

ars

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 35

Page 154: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

36 / Chapter 6

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

FZ/F

T/IF

P/TO

L-TB

C 1-

lam

p, 3

6 W

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

FT 1

/36

WFZ 1

/36

WIFP

1/36

W

TOL-

TBC

1/36

W

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.FZ

1/3

6W T

2622

.017

.3FT

1/3

6W T

2619

.415

.2IF

P 1/

36W

T26

22.7

18.4

TOL

1/36

W T

26 T

BC19

.819

.5

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/4

0/20

):1.2

5 (1.

1 for

TOL-

TBC)

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.78

Lam

p op

erat

ion

6,00

0 h

Clea

ning

of l

umin

aire

s1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuo

us ro

w s

paci

ng u

p to

5.8

m (T

OL-

TBC)

,7.8

m (I

FP-P

C) o

r 8.5

m (F

Z,FT

)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 36

Page 155: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 6 / 37

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

FZ/F

T/IF

P/TO

L-TB

C 1-

lam

p, 5

8 W

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.FZ

1/5

8W T

2622

.818

.1FT

1/5

8W T

2620

.216

.0IF

P-PC

1/5

8W T

2623

.519

.2TO

L 1/

58W

T26

TBC

21.2

20.6

FZ ·

FT

TOL-

TBC

IFP-

PC

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/4

0/20

):1.2

5 (1.

1 for

TOL-

TBC)

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.78

Lam

p op

erat

ion

6,00

0 h

Clea

ning

of l

umin

aire

s1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuo

us ro

w s

paci

ng u

p to

5.8

m (T

OL-

TBC)

,7.8

m (I

FP-P

C) o

r 8.5

m (F

Z,FT

)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 37

Page 156: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

38 / Chapter 6

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

FZ/F

T/IF

P/TO

L 2-

lam

p, 3

6 W

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.FZ

2/3

6W T

2623

.218

.6FT

2/3

6W T

2620

.816

.8IF

P 2/

36W

T26

24.1

19.5

TOL

2/36

W T

26 T

BC19

.819

.5

FT 2

/36

W

FZ 2

/36

W

IFP

2/36

W

TOL

2/36

W

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/4

0/20

):1.2

5 (1.

1 for

TOL-

TBC)

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.78

Lam

p op

erat

ion

6,00

0 h

Clea

ning

of l

umin

aire

s1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuo

us ro

w s

paci

ng u

p to

5.8

m (T

OL-

TBC)

,7.4

m (I

FP-P

C) o

r 7.9

m (F

Z,FT

)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 38

Page 157: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 6 / 39

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

30 25 20 15 10 5

18 15 12 9 6 3

FZ/F

T/IF

P/TO

L 2-

lam

p, 5

8 W

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.FZ

2/5

8W T

2624

.019

.4FT

2/5

8W T

2621

.617

.6IF

P 2/

58W

T26

24.9

20.3

TOL

2/58

W T

26 T

BC21

.220

.6

FT 2

/58

W

FZ 2

/58

WIFP

2/58

W

TOL

2/58

W

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/4

0/20

):1.2

5 (1.

1 for

TOL-

TBC)

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.78

Lam

p op

erat

ion

6,00

0 h

Clea

ning

of l

umin

aire

s1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuo

us ro

w s

paci

ng u

p to

5.8

m (T

OL-

TBC)

,7.4

m (I

FP-P

C) o

r 7.9

m (F

Z,FT

)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 39

Page 158: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

40 / Chapter 6

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

CHIA

RO F

TR39

0/FT

R680

1-/

2-la

mp

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

54 48 42 36 30 24 18 12 6

90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

1/40

W1/

55 W

22+

40 W

2/40

W

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

RCei

ling

heig

ht: 3

mUG

R_ax

ial

UGR_

trans

v.FT

R 1/

40W

T16

-R20

.320

.3FT

R 1/

55W

T16

-R20

.720

.7FT

R 1/

22W

+40

W T

16-R

20.6

20.6

FTR

2/40

W T

16-R

19.8

19.4

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.25

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.76

Lam

p op

erat

ion

6,00

0 h

Lum

inai

re m

aint

enan

ce1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Axia

l spa

cing

up

to 4

.5 m

,up

to

5 m

2/4

0W

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 40

Page 159: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 6 / 41

2040

6080

100

120

140

160

180

200

60 50 40 30 20 10

36 30 24 18 12 6

RAIN

1-/

2-la

mp

500

lx30

0 lx

Floo

r are

a m

2

X=4H

Y=

8H /

S=0.

25H

/ Ref

lect

ion

fact

ors

70/5

0/20

Ceili

ng h

eigh

t: 3

mUG

R_ax

ialU

GR_t

rans

v.RA

IN 1

/58

W T

26

26.3

21.3

RAIN

1/8

0 W

T 1

628

.724

.2RA

IN 2

/36

W T

26

25.2

19.2

RAIN

2/5

4 W

T 1

628

.421

.8

1/58

W

1/80

W

2/54

W

2/36

W

Corr

ectio

n fa

ctor

s•

Dark

room

(50/

40/2

0):1

.25

• Ce

iling

Floo

r are

ahe

ight

up to

50

m2

over

50

m2

4 m

1.2

1.1

5 m

1.4

1.2

6 m

1.6

1.3

Mai

nten

ance

fact

or (M

F)

Clea

n m

ediu

m-s

ized

room

MF=

0.78

Lam

p op

erat

ion

6,00

0 h

Clea

ning

of l

umin

aire

s1

year

Room

mai

nten

ance

2 ye

ars

Unifo

rmity

Cont

inuo

us ro

w s

paci

ng u

p to

8 m

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

06_QUICKPLAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:44 Uhr Seite 41

Page 160: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

00_INHALTSVER_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:21 Uhr Seite 2

Page 161: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 7

Lighting refurbishment

Arguments for refurbishing lighting systems . . . . . . . . 3 – 4Collecting data for lighting refurbishment . . . . . . . . . . 5Illuminance measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Data-collection sheet for lighting refurbishment . . . . . . 6 – 17

07_BELSAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:46 Uhr Seite 1

Page 162: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

07_BELSAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:46 Uhr Seite 2

Page 163: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 7 / 3

Arguments for refurbishing lighting systems1. Reduced operating costs

1.1. Energy savings

– Efficiency of the luminaires improved from about 35 % to morethan 80 % (e.g. opal diffuser luminaire to louvre luminaire)

– Lower power consumption of ballasts

Energy audit for 58 W fluorescent lamps

Lamp diameter 38 mm 26 mm 26 mm 26 mmBallast convent. convent. low-loss electronicLamp power 65 W 58 W 58 W 50 WDissipated power 12 W 12 W 8 W 5 WTotal power 77 W 70 W 66 W 55 WExtra power consumption 40 % 27 % 20 %

Energy audit for 36 W fluorescent lamps

Lamp diameter 38 mm 26 mm 26 mm 26 mmBallast convent. convent. low-loss electronicLamp power 40 W 36 W 36 W 32 WDissipated power 9 W 9 W 6 W 4 WTotal power 49 W 45 W 42 W 36 WExtra power consumption 36 % 25 % 17 %

– Using available daylight: potential energy savings of up to 70 %

– Blinds control: prevents buildings getting too hot

– Air-conditioned rooms: a reduction in the connected load meansa reduction in heat load and hence less air-conditioning power(The heat load generated by a light output of 1 kW requiresabout 3 kW of cooling power)

1.2. Savings in lamp replacement costs

– The lamp lifetime of fluorescent lamps is extended by morethan 50 % when operated with an electronic ballast (to 16,000 – 20,000 h)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

07_BELSAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:46 Uhr Seite 3

Page 164: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

4 / Chapter 7

1.3. Savings in maintenance costs

– No need to buy a starter when using electronic ballasts

– Modular design of luminaires and tool-free installation make it easier and hence cheaper to replace components

– No more spare-parts problems, so lower maintenance costs(motto: complete refurbishment better than constant repairs)

2. Improved ergonomics

Applying ergonomic principles to lighting brings the followingproven benefits:

– Growth in output

– Fewer mistakes and lower stoppage rates

– Reduced number of accidents

The lower thermal load of refurbished lighting systems producesa more pleasant room environment, improved working conditionsand thus a greater willingness to work.

3. Reliability and safety

– Do the luminaires meet the electrotechnical requirements (e.g. ENEC mark of conformity)?

– Do the luminaires comply with stipulated safety measures andrequirements in the room (IP XX, FF/D, Ex)?

– Does the lighting meet photometric requirements (e.g. lightinglevel, glare limitation, etc.)?

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

07_BELSAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:46 Uhr Seite 4

Page 165: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 7 / 5

Collecting data for the lighting refurbishment

The data-collection sheets help you to compile all the relevantinformation for making an inventory of your existing lightingsystems.They provide a basis for a photometric comparison and systemcosting.

Illuminance measurement

The average illuminance is the arithmetic mean of the pointilluminance levels measured in a defined grid using a luxmeterunder precisely defined conditions.

Meters: designation and accuracy

– L: highest accuracy; 3 % limit of error– A: high accuracy; 5 % limit of error– B: moderate accuracy; 10 % limit of error (minimum

requirement)

Measurement conditions

– Avoid daylight/light from other sources (measure separatelyand deduct)

– Check mains voltage and ambient temperature– Use new, suitably aged lamps (discharge lamps 100 h)

Measurement grid and measurement height

– Workplaces = 0.75 m, sports facilities = 1.0 m– Thoroughfares, stairs, indoor car parks = 0.03 m– Cylindrical illuminance = 1.2 m– Measurement grid: coincident rectangles; separation about 1 m– Measurement grid not coincident with luminaire position grid

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

07_BELSAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:46 Uhr Seite 5

Page 166: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

6 / Chapter 7

Data collection sheet for lighting refurbishment

Project Contact

Address Tel

Fax

Activities in room

Old system Option 1 Option 2

Luminaire type A

Number of luminaires

Number of lamps per luminaire

Type of ballast

System power per luminaire including ballast (W)

Illuminance

Luminaire type B

Number of luminaires

Number of lamps per luminaire

Type of ballast

System power per luminaire including ballast (W)

Illuminance

Total connected load in kW

ON period each day (h)

Working days per year

Annual ON period (h)

Power consumption in kWh/a

Annual savings in kWh

Basic power price kW/year

Power costs per kWh

Annual power costs in kWh

Annual savings

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

07_BELSAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:46 Uhr Seite 6

Page 167: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 7 / 7

Room length Reflection:Wall %

Room width Ceiling %

Room height Floor %

EminUniformity u = Emean

=

Emean = lx

Emin = lx

Old system Option 1 Option 2

Cleaning per luminaire/year

Lamp replacement (incl. lamp)

Costs

Room sketch:

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

07_BELSAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:46 Uhr Seite 7

Page 168: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

8 / Chapter 7

Data collection sheet for lighting refurbishment

Project Contact

Address Tel

Fax

Activities in room

Old system Option 1 Option 2

Luminaire type A

Number of luminaires

Number of lamps per luminaire

Type of ballast

System power per luminaire including ballast (W)

Illuminance

Luminaire type B

Number of luminaires

Number of lamps per luminaire

Type of ballast

System power per luminaire including ballast (W)

Illuminance

Total connected load in kW

ON period each day (h)

Working days per year

Annual ON period (h)

Power consumption in kWh/a

Annual savings in kWh

Basic power price kW/year

Power costs per kWh

Annual power costs in kWh

Annual savings

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

07_BELSAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:46 Uhr Seite 8

Page 169: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 7 / 9

Room length Reflection:Wall %

Room width Ceiling %

Room height Floor %

EminUniformity u = Emean

=

Emean = lx

Emin = lx

Old system Option 1 Option 2

Cleaning per luminaire/year

Lamp replacement (incl. lamp)

Costs

Room sketch:

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

07_BELSAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:46 Uhr Seite 9

Page 170: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

10 / Chapter 7

Data collection sheet for lighting refurbishment

Project Contact

Address Tel

Fax

Activities in room

Old system Option 1 Option 2

Luminaire type A

Number of luminaires

Number of lamps per luminaire

Type of ballast

System power per luminaire including ballast (W)

Illuminance

Luminaire type B

Number of luminaires

Number of lamps per luminaire

Type of ballast

System power per luminaire including ballast (W)

Illuminance

Total connected load in kW

ON period each day (h)

Working days per year

Annual ON period (h)

Power consumption in kWh/a

Annual savings in kWh

Basic power price kW/year

Power costs per kWh

Annual power costs in kWh

Annual savings

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

07_BELSAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:46 Uhr Seite 10

Page 171: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 7 / 11

Room length Reflection:Wall %

Room width Ceiling %

Room height Floor %

EminUniformity u = Emean

=

Emean = lx

Emin = lx

Old system Option 1 Option 2

Cleaning per luminaire/year

Lamp replacement (incl. lamp)

Costs

Room sketch:

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

07_BELSAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:46 Uhr Seite 11

Page 172: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

12 / Chapter 7

Data collection sheet for lighting refurbishment

Project Contact

Address Tel

Fax

Activities in room

Old system Option 1 Option 2

Luminaire type A

Number of luminaires

Number of lamps per luminaire

Type of ballast

System power per luminaire including ballast (W)

Illuminance

Luminaire type B

Number of luminaires

Number of lamps per luminaire

Type of ballast

System power per luminaire including ballast (W)

Illuminance

Total connected load in kW

ON period each day (h)

Working days per year

Annual ON period (h)

Power consumption in kWh/a

Annual savings in kWh

Basic power price kW/year

Power costs per kWh

Annual power costs in kWh

Annual savings

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

07_BELSAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:46 Uhr Seite 12

Page 173: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 7 / 13

Room length Reflection:Wall %

Room width Ceiling %

Room height Floor %

EminUniformity u = Emean

=

Emean = lx

Emin = lx

Old system Option 1 Option 2

Cleaning per luminaire/year

Lamp replacement (incl. lamp)

Costs

Room sketch:

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

07_BELSAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:46 Uhr Seite 13

Page 174: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

14 / Chapter 7

Data collection sheet for lighting refurbishment

Project Contact

Address Tel

Fax

Activities in room

Old system Option 1 Option 2

Luminaire type A

Number of luminaires

Number of lamps per luminaire

Type of ballast

System power per luminaire including ballast (W)

Illuminance

Luminaire type B

Number of luminaires

Number of lamps per luminaire

Type of ballast

System power per luminaire including ballast (W)

Illuminance

Total connected load in kW

ON period each day (h)

Working days per year

Annual ON period (h)

Power consumption in kWh/a

Annual savings in kWh

Basic power price kW/year

Power costs per kWh

Annual power costs in kWh

Annual savings

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

07_BELSAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:46 Uhr Seite 14

Page 175: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 7 / 15

Room length Reflection:Wall %

Room width Ceiling %

Room height Floor %

EminUniformity u = Emean

=

Emean = lx

Emin = lx

Old system Option 1 Option 2

Cleaning per luminaire/year

Lamp replacement (incl. lamp)

Costs

Room sketch:

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

07_BELSAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:46 Uhr Seite 15

Page 176: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

16 / Chapter 7

Data collection sheet for lighting refurbishment

Project Contact

Address Tel

Fax

Activities in room

Old system Option 1 Option 2

Luminaire type A

Number of luminaires

Number of lamps per luminaire

Type of ballast

System power per luminaire including ballast (W)

Illuminance

Luminaire type B

Number of luminaires

Number of lamps per luminaire

Type of ballast

System power per luminaire including ballast (W)

Illuminance

Total connected load in kW

ON period each day (h)

Working days per year

Annual ON period (h)

Power consumption in kWh/a

Annual savings in kWh

Basic power price kW/year

Power costs per kWh

Annual power costs in kWh

Annual savings

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

07_BELSAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:46 Uhr Seite 16

Page 177: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 7 / 17

Room length Reflection:Wall %

Room width Ceiling %

Room height Floor %

EminUniformity u = Emean

=

Emean = lx

Emin = lx

Old system Option 1 Option 2

Cleaning per luminaire/year

Lamp replacement (incl. lamp)

Costs

Room sketch:

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

07_BELSAN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:46 Uhr Seite 17

Page 178: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

00_INHALTSVER_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:21 Uhr Seite 2

Page 179: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 8

Economic efficiency calculation

Economic efficiency calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Maintenance of lighting systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Environmental conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Table for lamp lumens maintenance factor (LLMF)and lamp survival factor (LSF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Table for luminaire maintenance factor (LMF) . . . . . . . 5Table for room surface maintenance factor (RSMF) . . . 6Table of burning hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Economic analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 – 13

08_WIRTSCHAF_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:48 Uhr Seite 1

Page 180: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Economic efficiency calculation

A short pay-back period is usually the most important consider-ation when designing lighting systems.The pay-back period calculation using the following forms isbased on a static calculation method. This is a theoreticalapproach that delivers a guide value very quickly and isperfectly adequate for an initial estimate.Dynamic calculation models involving depreciation and interestpayments are left to the financial experts and fall outside thescope of this handbook.

Static calculation model

Pay-back time = Extra expenditure Investment costs

Annual saving in operating costs

Definition of terms used in the economic analysis sheetson page 8 onwards

(3) System power of luminaire Lamp wattage + power dissi-pation in control gear.(5) Annual burning hours Total of the daily lamp ON hours overthe year. The table of burning hours (page 7) provides help fordaylight-dependent systems.(13) Maintenance factor A reference maintenance factor of0.67 can be assumed (3-year maintenance interval, cleanenvironment). The system-specific maintenance factor must befound in order to calculate the number of luminaires required.It is given by the product of lamp lumens maintenance factor,lamp survival factor, luminaire maintenance factor and roomsurface maintenance factor. These factors can be found fromthe tables on pages 3–7. The maintenance factor must bedocumented in the design process together with the basicconditions.(18) Cost of lamp replacement Cost of complete job ofreplacing the lamps, including the costs of the lamp andadditional costs such as step ladders, weekend overtimepayments or loss of production.(19) Cost of luminaire cleaning Cost of the complete job ofcleaning the luminaire plus replacing faulty components in the lighting system including parts costs.(20) Cost of room cleaning Labour costs for cleaning roomsurfaces and restoring the reflection characteristics to their new condition.(21) Energy costs per kWh Estimate a mixed price for high andlow tariff. Include energy standing charges in the working price.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

08_WIRTSCHAF_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:48 Uhr Seite 2

Page 181: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

160 %

140 %

120 %

100 %

80 %

60 %

40 %

20 %0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5

years

Environmental conditions

Maintenance of lighting systems

Environment Max. maintenance Work areastype intervalClean (C) 3 years Clean rooms, computer

centres, electronic-component assembly areas, hospitals*)

Normal (N) 2 years Offices, shops, schools,laboratories, restaurants,warehouses, assembly bays

Dirty (D) 1 year Steel works, chemical plants,foundries, welding shops,grinding shops, woodworking

*) Sometimes shorter maintenance intervals are required for hygienereasons.

From CIE publication 97 “Maintenance of indoor electric lightingsystems”, dated 1995, ISBN 3 900 734 34 8

The following table contains the recommended maximummaintenance interval for the type of environment.

Chapter 8 / 3

Example:Luminaire maintenance: every yearRoom surface maintenance: every 3 yearsLamp replacement: every 3 yearsFaulty lamp replacement: immediately

Maintenance factor (MF) = LLMF x LSF x LMF x RSMF (see factor tables on the following pages)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

08_WIRTSCHAF_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:48 Uhr Seite 3

Page 182: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

4 / Chapter 8

Table for lamp lumens maintenance factor(LLMF) and lamp survival factor (LSF)

LLM

F bu

rnin

g ho

urs

100

500

1,00

01,

500

2,00

04,

000

6,00

08,

000

10,0

0012

,000

14,0

0016

,000

18,0

0020

,000

Inca

ndes

cent

lam

pLL

MF

1.00

0.97

0.93

0.89

CIE

1997

LSF

1.00

0.98

0.50

0.03

Low

-vol

tage

hal

ogen

lam

pLL

MF

1.00

0.99

0.98

0.97

0.95

Philip

s Ca

psul

ine

Pro

LSF

1.00

0.99

0.91

0.84

0.50

Sing

le-p

hosp

hor f

luor

esce

nt la

mp

LLM

F1.

000.

970.

940.

910.

890.

830.

800.

780.

760.

740.

720.

70CI

E 19

97LS

F1.

001.

001.

001.

001.

001.

000.

990.

950.

850.

750.

640.

50Tr

ipho

spho

r flu

ores

cent

lam

p T2

6LL

MF

1.00

0.97

0.96

0.95

0.94

0.92

0.92

0.91

0.90

0.89

0.88

Osra

m L

UMIL

UXLS

F1.

000.

990.

990.

980.

980.

980.

980.

970.

960.

900.

50Tr

ipho

spho

r flu

ores

cent

lam

p T1

6LL

MF

1.00

0.96

0.95

0.94

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.90

0.89

0.88

0.88

Osra

m F

H,FQ

LSF

1.00

0.99

0.98

0.97

0.96

0.96

0.95

0.94

0.90

0.80

0.50

Com

pact

fluo

resc

ent l

amp

LLM

F1.

000.

970.

920.

880.

850.

830.

83Os

ram

DUL

UXLS

F1.

000.

990.

990.

980.

980.

940.

50M

etal

hal

ide

lam

p Ce

ram

icLL

MF

1.00

0.94

0.89

0.85

0.80

Osra

m H

CI-1

50 W

/WDL

LSF

1.00

0.96

0.91

0.88

0.84

Met

al h

alid

e la

mp

Quar

tzLL

MF

1.00

0.93

0.88

0.83

0.80

0.76

0.74

Osra

m H

QI-E

250

W/D

LSF

1.00

0.99

0.97

0.93

0.89

0.80

0.72

Met

al h

alid

e la

mp

Quar

tzLL

MF

1.00

0.78

0.70

0.65

0.62

0.60

0.58

Osra

m H

QI-E

400

W/D

LSF

1.00

0.98

0.94

0.90

0.85

0.78

0.72

Mer

cury

vap

our l

amp

LLM

F1.

000.

900.

800.

770.

750.

730.

72Ph

ilips

HPL

250/

400

WLS

F1.

000.

990.

980.

960.

930.

880.

83So

dium

vap

our l

amp

LLM

F1.

001.

001.

000.

990.

990.

980.

980.

970.

970.

960.

960.

950.

950.

94Ph

ilips

SON(

-T) P

IA P

lus

100–

400

WLS

F1.

001.

001.

001.

001.

001.

001.

000.

990.

980.

970.

960.

930.

910.

88M

anuf

actu

rers

’ fig

ures

from

Apr

il 20

03.A

ssum

es th

e us

e of

the

late

st b

alla

st te

chno

logy

.Fo

r oth

er m

anuf

actu

rers

or l

amp

type

s,pl

ease

con

tact

rele

vant

lam

p m

anuf

actu

rer.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

08_WIRTSCHAF_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:48 Uhr Seite 4

Page 183: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 8 / 5

Table for luminaire maintenance factor (LMF)Lu

min

aire

cle

anin

g in

terv

alin

yea

rs0.

51.

01.

52.

02.

53.

0En

viro

nmen

t typ

eC

ND

CN

DS

ND

CN

DC

ND

CN

D Lu

min

aire

type

Bare

bat

ten

lum

inai

res

0.95

0.92

0.88

0.93

0.89

0.83

0.91

0.87

0.80

0.89

0.84

0.78

0.87

0.82

0.75

0.85

0.79

0.73

Refle

ctor

exp

osed

abo

ve0.

950.

910.

880.

900.

860.

830.

870.

830.

790.

840.

800.

750.

820.

760.

710.

790.

740.

68(s

elf-

clea

ning

effe

ct)

Refle

ctor

enc

lose

d ab

ove

0.93

0.89

0.83

0.89

0.81

0.72

0.84

0.74

0.64

0.80

0.69

0.59

0.77

0.64

0.54

0.74

0.61

0.52

(no

self-

clea

ning

effe

ct)

Encl

osed

IP2X

0.92

0.87

0.83

0.88

0.82

0.77

0.85

0.79

0.73

0.83

0.77

0.71

0.81

0.75

0.68

0.79

0.73

0.65

Dust

-pro

of IP

5X0.

960.

930.

910.

940.

900.

860.

920.

880.

830.

910.

860.

810.

900.

850.

800.

900.

840.

79

Indi

rect

lum

inai

res

0.92

0.89

0.85

0.86

0.81

0.74

0.81

0.73

0.65

0.77

0.66

0.57

0.73

0.60

0.51

0.70

0.55

0.45

From

CIE

pub

licat

ion

97 “

Mai

nten

ance

of i

ndoo

r ele

ctric

ligh

ting

syst

ems”

,dat

ed 1

995,

ISBN

3 9

00 7

34 3

4 8

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

08_WIRTSCHAF_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:48 Uhr Seite 5

Page 184: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

6 / Chapter 8

Table for room surface maintenance factor (RSMF)

Room

cle

anin

g in

terv

al

in y

ears

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

Envi

ronm

ent t

ype

CN

DC

ND

CN

DC

ND

CN

DC

ND

Room

siz

e/Ill

umin

atio

nRo

om in

dex

type

Smal

l Di

rect

0.97

0.96

0.95

0.97

0.94

0.93

0.96

0.94

0.92

0.95

0.93

0.90

0.94

0.92

0.89

0.94

0.92

0.88

K=

0.7

Dire

ct/In

dire

ct0.

940.

880.

840.

900.

860.

820.

890.

830.

800.

870.

820.

780.

850.

800.

750.

840.

790.

74In

dire

ct0.

900.

840.

800.

850.

780.

730.

830.

750.

690.

810.

730.

660.

770.

700.

620.

750.

680.

59

Med

ium

Dire

ct0.

980.

970.

960.

980.

960.

950.

970.

960.

950.

960.

950.

940.

960.

950.

940.

960.

950.

94K

=2.

5Di

rect

/Indi

rect

0.95

0.90

0.86

0.92

0.88

0.85

0.90

0.86

0.83

0.89

0.85

0.81

0.87

0.84

0.79

0.86

0.82

0.78

Indi

rect

0.92

0.87

0.83

0.88

0.82

0.77

0.86

0.79

0.74

0.84

0.77

0.70

0.81

0.74

0.67

0.78

0.72

0.64

Larg

eDi

rect

0.99

0.97

0.96

0.98

0.96

0.95

0.97

0.96

0.93

0.96

0.95

0.94

0.96

0.95

0.94

0.96

0.95

0.94

K=

5.0

Dire

ct/In

dire

ct0.

950.

900.

860.

940.

880.

850.

900.

860.

830.

890.

850.

810.

870.

840.

790.

860.

820.

78In

dire

ct0.

920.

870.

830.

880.

820.

770.

860.

790.

740.

840.

770.

700.

810.

740.

680.

780.

720.

65Fr

om C

IE p

ublic

atio

n 97

“M

aint

enan

ce o

f ind

oor e

lect

ric li

ghtin

g sy

stem

s”,d

ated

199

5,IS

BN 3

900

734

34

8

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

08_WIRTSCHAF_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:48 Uhr Seite 6

Page 185: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 8 / 7

Table of burning hoursW

orki

ng m

ode/

shift

type

On p

erio

dDa

ylig

ht-d

epen

dent

con

trol

Burn

ing

hour

s pe

r lam

p an

d ye

arDa

ys in

use

/yea

rHo

urs/

day

1,00

0 ho

urs

24-h

shi

ft w

orki

ng,

365

24No

8.76

Proc

ess

mon

itorin

g/co

ntro

l36

524

Yes

7.30

Doub

le s

hift,

310

16No

4.96

6 da

ys/w

eek

310

16Ye

s3.

72

Sing

le s

hift,

310

10No

3.10

6 da

ys/w

eek

310

10Ye

s1.

76

Sing

le s

hift,

258

10No

2.58

5 da

ys/w

eek

258

10Ye

s1.

55

Dayli

ght-

depe

nden

t con

trol:

the

lam

ps s

witc

h on

aut

omat

ical

ly w

hen

ther

e is

too

little

day

light

ava

ilabl

e.Da

ta is

bas

ed o

n th

e as

sum

ptio

n th

at th

ere

is s

uffic

ient

ava

ilabl

e da

yligh

t for

hal

f the

yea

r.

From

CIE

pub

licat

ion

97 “

Mai

nten

ance

of i

ndoo

r ele

ctric

ligh

ting

syst

ems”

,dat

ed 1

995,

ISBN

3 9

00 7

34 3

4 8

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

08_WIRTSCHAF_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:48 Uhr Seite 7

Page 186: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

8 / Chapter 8

Economic analysis

Building project

Option 1 Option 2

Luminaire type (1)

Luminaire data

Number of lamps per luminaire (2)

System power of luminaire (W) (3)

Operating data

Service life of system (y) (4)

Annual burning hours see page 7 (5)

Lamp replacement interval (y) (6)

Luminaire cleaning interval (y) (7)

Room cleaning interval (y) (8)

Number of luminaires

Lamp lumens maintenance factor see page 4 (9)

Lamp survival factor see page 4 (10)

Luminaire maintenance factor see page 5 (11)

Room surface maintenance factor see page 6 (12)

Maintenance factor (9) x (10) x (11) x (12) (13)

Number of luminaires (14)

Itemised investment costs

Cost of one luminaire (15)

Cost of one lamp (16)

Installation costs per luminaire (17)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

08_WIRTSCHAF_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:48 Uhr Seite 8

Page 187: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 8 / 9

Option 1 Option 2

Itemised operating costs

Cost of lamp replacement (18)

Cost of luminaire cleaning (19)

Cost of room cleaning (20)

Energy costs per kWh (21)

Investment costs

Luminaire costs (14) x (15) (22)

Lamp costs (14) x (2) x (16) (23)

Installation costs (14) x (17) (24)

Investment costs (22) + (23) + (24) (25)

Operating costs

Room cleaning costs (20) x (4) (8) (26)

Luminaire cleaning costs (19) x (4) (7) (27)

Lamp replacement costs (18) x (4) (6) (28)

Energy costs (14) x (3) x (4) x (5) x (21) 1000 (29)

Operating costs (26) + (27) + (28) + (29) (30)

Annual operating costs (30) (4) (31)

Pay-back period* =(25) Option 2 – (25) Option 1

= years(31) Option 1 – (31) Option 2

Pay-back period* =–

= years–

* excludes depreciation and interest

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

08_WIRTSCHAF_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:48 Uhr Seite 9

Page 188: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

10 / Chapter 8

Economic analysis

Building project

Option 1 Option 2

Luminaire type (1)

Luminaire data

Number of lamps per luminaire (2)

System power of luminaire (W) (3)

Operating data

Service life of system (y) (4)

Annual burning hours see page 7 (5)

Lamp replacement interval (y) (6)

Luminaire cleaning interval (y) (7)

Room cleaning interval (y) (8)

Number of luminaires

Lamp lumens maintenance factor see page 4 (9)

Lamp survival factor see page 4 (10)

Luminaire maintenance factor see page 5 (11)

Room surface maintenance factor see page 6 (12)

Maintenance factor (9) x (10) x (11) x (12) (13)

Number of luminaires (14)

Itemised investment costs

Cost of one luminaire (15)

Cost of one lamp (16)

Installation costs per luminaire (17)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

08_WIRTSCHAF_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:48 Uhr Seite 10

Page 189: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 8 / 11

Option 1 Option 2

Itemised operating costs

Cost of lamp replacement (18)

Cost of luminaire cleaning (19)

Cost of room cleaning (20)

Energy costs per kWh (21)

Investment costs

Luminaire costs (14) x (15) (22)

Lamp costs (14) x (2) x (16) (23)

Installation costs (14) x (17) (24)

Investment costs (22) + (23) + (24) (25)

Operating costs

Room cleaning costs (20) x (4) (8) (26)

Luminaire cleaning costs (19) x (4) (7) (27)

Lamp replacement costs (18) x (4) (6) (28)

Energy costs (14) x (3) x (4) x (5) x (21) 1000 (29)

Operating costs (26) + (27) + (28) + (29) (30)

Annual operating costs (30) (4) (31)

Pay-back period* =(25) Option 2 – (25) Option 1

= years(31) Option 1 – (31) Option 2

Pay-back period* =–

= years–

* excludes depreciation and interest

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

08_WIRTSCHAF_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:48 Uhr Seite 11

Page 190: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

12 / Chapter 8

Economic analysis

Building project

Option 1 Option 2

Luminaire type (1)

Luminaire data

Number of lamps per luminaire (2)

System power of luminaire (W) (3)

Operating data

Service life of system (y) (4)

Annual burning hours see page 7 (5)

Lamp replacement interval (y) (6)

Luminaire cleaning interval (y) (7)

Room cleaning interval (y) (8)

Number of luminaires

Lamp lumens maintenance factor see page 4 (9)

Lamp survival factor see page 4 (10)

Luminaire maintenance factor see page 5 (11)

Room surface maintenance factor see page 6 (12)

Maintenance factor (9) x (10) x (11) x (12) (13)

Number of luminaires (14)

Itemised investment costs

Cost of one luminaire (15)

Cost of one lamp (16)

Installation costs per luminaire (17)

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

08_WIRTSCHAF_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:48 Uhr Seite 12

Page 191: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 8 / 13

Option 1 Option 2

Itemised operating costs

Cost of lamp replacement (18)

Cost of luminaire cleaning (19)

Cost of room cleaning (20)

Energy costs per kWh (21)

Investment costs

Luminaire costs (14) x (15) (22)

Lamp costs (14) x (2) x (16) (23)

Installation costs (14) x (17) (24)

Investment costs (22) + (23) + (24) (25)

Operating costs

Room cleaning costs (20) x (4) (8) (26)

Luminaire cleaning costs (19) x (4) (7) (27)

Lamp replacement costs (18) x (4) (6) (28)

Energy costs (14) x (3) x (4) x (5) x (21) 1000 (29)

Operating costs (26) + (27) + (28) + (29) (30)

Annual operating costs (30) (4) (31)

Pay-back period* =(25) Option 2 – (25) Option 1

= years(31) Option 1 – (31) Option 2

Pay-back period* =–

= years–

* excludes depreciation and interest

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

08_WIRTSCHAF_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:48 Uhr Seite 13

Page 192: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

00_INHALTSVER_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:21 Uhr Seite 2

Page 193: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

“Ceiling Brightness Impression” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Ceiling Illuminance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Luminance Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Protection classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Degrees of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 – 7Fire protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 – 9Chemical effects on materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 – 12Short-circuit protection and loading of circuits . . . . . . . 13 – 20Low-voltage installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 – 23

Chapter 9

Technical information

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 1

Page 194: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

“Ceiling Brightness Impression”

The LG3 criteria have always required that the ceiling is rela-tively well illuminated, but under the “Category System” forDownlighters, the market defaulted to luminaire selection withno emphasis on other qualitative criteria.

The LG3 Addendum solved this by banning the Category Systemand setting a target for illuminating the ceiling to at least 30 %of the task illuminance. The use of an illuminance ratio in lux onthe ceiling is crude but easy to calculate, however difficult tomeasure.

The intention is unequivocal: To maintain the brightness of theceiling within certain limits to avoid the so called cave effect.Zumtobel Staff recognise that many luminaire types, especiallythose with Dual Components that emit some light at highangles, actually in themselves contribute to the BrightnessImpression.

In consequence we have developed an application programmethat can calculate the CBI – Ceiling Brightness Impression forany luminaire (of any manufacture).

The CBI application uses the algorithms from the standard GlareCalculation and the output data is presented for each luminairetype for crosswise and endwise viewing. The basis of the calcu-lation is to take notional room sizes in ratios of “h” value just asthe Glare calculation. Then for a regular array of luminaires itfirst calculates for varying room reflectance the illuminance onthe ceiling. It converts this to brightness. Then it takes each lu-minaire and calculates the brightness subtended at the viewerseye. This is weighted by the solid angle so distance and eleva-tion is accounted for. Any luminaires proximate to the viewerthat exceed 2,000 cd/m2 are excluded, as these are consideredto be glaring and not contributing to the overall brightness im-pression.

A typical luminaire CBI chart is shown below, for a Mellow IVRecessed luminaire. As would be known such a luminaire wouldonly achieve about 20 % task illuminance on the ceiling, butwhen you account for the additive effect of luminaires in thespace the overall brightness average calculate back to lux equi-valency, easily achieves a CBI or Ceiling Brightness Impressionexceeding 30.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 2

Page 195: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 9 / 3

Ceiling Illuminance

Surface Dual ComponentLuminaries– Directly illuminate ceiling and

walls– Provide measureable bright-

ness– Provide increased

brightness impression

Fully recessed DualComponent Luminaires– Directly illuminate walls– Do not directly illuminate

ceiling– Create apparent brightness– Provide increased

brightness impression

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 3

Page 196: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

L max

(cd/

m2 )

posi

tive

Type

Mak

e an

d M

odel

Date

of m

nfr.

Clas

s

9500

CRT

LG F

latro

n 91

5FT

Plus

Dec-

02I

4900

FDP

Noki

a 50

0Xa

15"

FDP

Jun-

99I

4400

FPD

Com

paq

TFT

5005

15"

FPD

Oct-

00I

3800

FPD

LG F

latro

n LC

D 57

5 M

S 15

" FP

DNo

v-00

I37

00 F

PDNE

C M

ultis

ync

LCD1

760N

XAp

r-03

I37

00 C

RTSa

msu

ng S

yncm

aste

r 700

IFT

17"

CRT

Nov-

99I

3500

FPD

NEC

Mul

tisyn

c 18

10X

Oct-

9935

00 F

PDNo

cia

Pro

800+

18"

FPD

Oct-

99I

3200

FPD

Dell

Ultra

shar

p 15

04FP

Nov-

02I

3100

CRT

Ilyam

a LS

902U

T Vi

sion

mas

ter 1

451

Feb-

02I

2700

FPD

Ilyam

a TX

A 38

13M

T 15

" FP

DFe

b-02

I22

00 C

RTCo

mpa

q 75

00 P

E116

3TFe

b-02

I20

00 L

APTO

P 1

Tosh

iba

Tecr

a 80

00 L

APTO

PJa

n-99

I19

00 F

PDSa

msu

ng S

yncm

aste

r 700

TFT

17"

FP

Feb-

99I

1800

FPD

LGSt

udio

wor

ks 5

000

LC 1

5" F

PDFe

b-99

ILG

3 Li

mit

1700

FPD

Sam

sung

15"

FPD

Dec-

99I

1,50

0 cd

/m2

1400

FPD

LG S

tudi

owor

ks 8

80 L

C 18

" FP

DDe

c-99

I14

00 C

RTDe

ll D8

28L

14"

CRT

Dec-

97II

1300

CRT

Sam

sung

Syn

cmas

ter 7

53s

Oct-

01I

1200

CRT

Sam

sung

Syn

cmas

er 5

50s

15"

CRT

Oct-

01I

900

CRT

AOC

4NLR

14"

CRT

Jan-

95I

Luminance LimitModern computer screens are increasingly tolerant to reflections.BS EN 29241-7 Ergonomic requirements for office work with visual display terminals.

Incr

easi

ngto

lera

nce

to re

flect

ions

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

4 / Chapter 9

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 4

Page 197: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 9 / 5

Protection classesZumtobel Staff luminaires are classified into the followingprotection classes – a measure intended to afford protec-tion against electric shock.

Class I luminairesClass I is not identified by a symbol; the luminaire is in-tended to be connected to a protective earth conductorwhich bears the mark. Most Zumtobel Staff luminairesare designed in accordance with protection class I unlessotherwise stated.

Class II luminairesClass II luminaires have total insulation but no protectiveearth terminal. The Zumtobel Staff range includes protec-tion class II luminaires, for instance moisture-proof battenluminaires and moisture-proof diffuser luminaires.

Class III luminairesClass III identifies luminaires that are intended for operationwith a protective extra low voltage (50 V max.).Zumtobel Staff architectural luminaires include class IIIluminaires, e.g. PRIO low-voltage spotlights.

Degrees of protectionDegrees of protection indicate the following properties of equipment:

– The quality of its protection against direct contact– Its sealing against ingress of solid foreign bodies

(dust, stones, sand, etc.)– Its sealing against the ingress of water

Protection class I

Protection class II

Protection class III

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 5

Page 198: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

6 / Chapter 9

Degrees of protection for technical luminaires

Protection against ingress of solid foreign bodies as perfirst digit

IP 0X Unprotected against ingress of solid foreign bodiesIP 1X Protection against solid bodies > 50 mmIP 2X Protection against solid bodies > 12 mmIP 3X Protection against solid bodies > 2.5 mmIP 4X Protection against solid bodies > 1 mmIP 5X Dust-protected (limited ingress of dust)IP 6X Dust-tight (no ingress of dust)

Protection against moisture as per second digit

IP X0 No special protectionIP X1 Drip-proof – protection against water dropsIP X2 Protection against water drops up to 15º from the verticalIP X3 Rainproof – protection against spray water up to 60ºIP X4 Splash-proof – protection against spray water from all

directionsIP X5 Jet-proof – protection against jets of waterIP X6 Protection against heavy seas (conditions on ship decks)IP X7 Watertight – protection against immersion (pressure and

time specified)IP X8 Protection against immersion under pressure (with

instructions from manufacturer)

The type of protection is defined by two degrees of protection inaccordance with IEC 529:

– Degree of shock-hazard protection and protection againstingress of solid foreign bodies (1st digit)

– Degree of protection against the ingress of water (2nd digit)

For example IP 23:

IP 2 3INGRESS PROTECTION

Protection against ingress of solid foreign bodieshaving a Ø < 12 mm (medium-sized solid bodies),insertion of fingers or objects.

Protection against ingress of water falling at any angle up to 60º fromvertical. There must be no adverse effect (spray water).

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 6

Page 199: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 9 / 7

Applications for luminaires with increased protection

Damp locations

Bakeries IP X1 The following generally Manure sheds IP X1 applies:Animal-feed preparation facilities IP X1 IP X5: for cleaning using Industrial kitchens IP X1 water jetsBoiler rooms IP X1 IP X4: in rinsing areasCommercial workshops IP 20Granaries IP X1(Deep-freeze) cold storage IP X1Pump houses IP X1Sculleries IP X1Laundries IP X1

Wet locations

Beer or wine cellars IP X4 The following generally Shower cubicles IP X4 applies:Meat processing facilities IP X5 IP X5: for cleaning using Electroplating facilities IP X4 water jetsGreenhouses IP X4Dairies IP X4Workshops using wet processes IP X4Car wash areas IP X4

Agricultural facilities

Beer or wine cellars IP 44 The following generally Shower cubicles IP 44 applies:Stores, storerooms for hay, IP X5: for cleaning using straw, feedstuff IP 44 water jetsIntensive stock farming IP 44 IP 54+FF: when increased Animal sheds IP 44 fire riskAdjoining rooms of animal sheds IP 44

Facilities with increased fire risk

Workrooms IP 50Woodworking IP 50Sawmills IP 50Paper processing IP 50Textile processing IP 50Treatment and fabrication IP 50

Gymnasia and sports halls

Badminton courts IP 20 ballproof luminairesSquash courts IP 20 ballproof luminaires with Indoor tennis courts IP 20 all-round cover; maximumGymnasia and sports halls IP 20 mesh size 60 mm

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 7

Page 200: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

8 / Chapter 9

Fire protection

Luminaire identification markingThe following criteria must be taken into account:– Position of normal use– Fire behaviour of environment and mounting surfaces– Minimum clearance from combustible substances and materials

Luminaires with thecmarkLuminaires which carry thecmark must be constructed so that the temperature on the mounting surface does not exceed130 °C during abnormal operation, and does not exceed 180 °Cin the event of a ballast fault. Luminaires with this mark aresuitable for direct mounting on parts of buildings made of non-combustible, flame-retardant or normally flammable buildingmaterials according to DIN 4102.

Luminaires with the d/UmarkBoth marks regulate the surface temperatures of luminaires.External surfaces on which readily flammable substances suchas dust or fibrous materials may accumulate when luminairesare installed as prescribed must not exceed specific tempera-tures. The d luminaire mark was withdrawn in 1999.A validity transition period allows the d mark to be used until01. 08. 2005. TheUmark introduced in EN 60598 has appliedsince 01.08.1998. The d mark limits the temperature onhorizontal surfaces to 95 °C during normal operation and 115 °Cin the event of a ballast fault. Temperatures must not exceed220 °C on vertical surfaces. In order to fulfil the criteria oftheUmark, the surface temperature on horizontal surfacesmust not exceed 90 °C. The maximum temperature in the eventof a fault is 115 °C, the same as for the d mark. The tempera-ture must not exceed 150 °C on vertical surfaces.

Luminaires with theQmarkLuminaires which carry theQmark are intended for installationin furniture. They are designed so that in the event of a ballastfault, flame-retardant and normally flammable materials as speci-fied in DIN 4102 cannot be ignited, e.g. in corners of woodenfurniture. The materials may be painted, veneered or varnished.

Luminaires with the q markLuminaires which carry the q mark are intended for mountingin or on furniture made of materials whose flammability is notknown. They are designed so that in normal operation anymounting surface or other adjacent furniture surfaces do notexceed a temperature of 95 °C.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 8

Page 201: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Fire protection: Place of use – Mark – Requirements

Chapter 9 / 9The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 9

Page 202: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

10 / Chapter 9

No material is resistant toall chemical influences.

The effects of chemicals varywidely and take up entirevolumes of resistance tables.The table on the opposite pagecan therefore only give a briefoverview of effects of somefrequently occurring chemicalsand is subject to the followingconditions:

– The chemical substancelisted in the table is a basicmaterial and not part of achemical compound.

– The ambient temperature is 22 °C.

A great many complaints couldbe avoided if due consider-ation were given during theplanning stage to the situationin which the luminaire is goingto be used.

What are the key factors?

1. Luminaire materials

A luminaire consists of severalparts having different functionsand which are therefore madefrom different materials (baseplate, cover, seal, closures,cable inlets, etc.).

2. Applications

The following applications arejust a few examples of situ-ations in which materialdamage may occur:

– Chemical and petro-chemical industry

– Foodstuffs industry (cheeseproduction, dairies, meatprocessing, breweries)

– Agriculture– Fishing industry– Kitchens and industrial

cooking facilities– Car wash facilities– Production facilities and

workshops using a highlevel of oil and grease

3. Chemical composition

The chemical compositionshould be discussed withevery operator.

4. Degree of saturation ofchemical substances

5. Ambient temperature

Depending on the type andcomposition of the substances,chemical reactions will takeplace over a range of tempera-tures. We should be glad toprovide further advice if youhave any questions or doubtsabout the resistance of anymaterials.

Chemical effects on materials

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 10

Page 203: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 9 / 11

Chemical sub- Stainless Alu- Poly- Polymeth- Poly-stance in question steel minium ester acrylate..carbonate

Acetic acid up to 5 % • • • • •Acetic acid up to 30 % • – • – •Acetone • • – – –Alcohol up to 30 % • • • • •Alcohol, concentrated • • • – –

Aliphatichydrocarbons • • • • •

Ammonia 25 % • • – • –Aniline • • – – –

Aromatichydrocarbons • • • – –

Battery acid • • • • •Beer • • • • •Benzene • • – – –Blood • • • • •Bromic acid • – – – –Carbon dioxide • • • • •Carbon monoxide • • • • •Carbon tetrachloride • • • – –Caustic soda solution 2 % • – • • –Caustic soda solution 10 % • – – • –Chloroform • • – – –Chlorophenol • • – – –Diesel oil, crude oil • • • • •Dioxan • • • – –Ether • • • – –Ethyl acetate (ester) • • – – –Glycerine • • • • •Glycol • • • • •Glysantin • • • • •Hydrochloric acid

up to 20 % – – • • •above 20 % – • • • •

Hydrogen peroxideup to 40 % • • – – •over 40 % • • – • •

• = resistant, • = resistant to limited extent, – = not resistant

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 11

Page 204: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

12 / Chapter 9

Chemical sub- Stainless Alu- Poly- Polymeth- Poly-stance in question steel minium ester acrylate..carbonate

Ketones • • – – –Lime milk • – • • •Lysol • • – – –Methylene chloride • • – – –Methanol • • – – –

Metal salts and theiraqueous solutions • – • • •

Naphtha (cleaner’s naphtha) • • • • •Petrolium ether • • • • •Pyridine • • – – –Phenol • • – – –Nitric acid

up to 10 % • – • • •up to 20 % • – • • •above 20 % • • – – –

Sea water • • • • •Soap-suds • • • • •Soda • – • • •Sodium chloride solution • • • • •Sulphuretted hydrogen • • • • •Sulphuric acid

up to 50 % – – • • •up to 70 % – – • • •above 70 % – – – – –

Sulphurous acid up to 5 % • • • • –

Synthetic detergents • • • • •Turpentine • • • • •Water up to 60 °C • • • • •Xylene • • – – –

• = resistant, • = resistant to limited extent, – = not resistant

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 12

Page 205: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Trip

cha

ract

erist

icRa

ted

curre

nt A

TC 9

/11

WTC

-D 1

3 W

TC-D

18

WTL

+ T

C-L

18 W

TC-L

24

WTC

-D +

T 2

6 W

TL +

TC-

L 36

WTL

58

WTC

9/1

1 W

TC-D

13/

18 W

TC 1

8 W

TC-L

18/

24 W

TC-D

+ -

T 26

WTL

+ T

C-L

36 W

TL 5

8 W

TC-L

24

WTC

-D +

-T

26 W

TL +

TC-

L 18

WTC

+ T

C-L

36 W

TL 5

8 W

Short-circuit protection and loading of circuitsMiniature circuit breakers

Trip characteristic Range

B over 3 ln to 5 lnC over 5 ln to 10 lnD over 10 ln to 20 ln

Maximum number of fluorescent lamps per miniature circuit breaker

Number of fluorescent lamps with conventional or low-loss ballast for different lamp circuits

B 10 62 47 27 30 23 14 71 71 32 32 20 60 54 46 28

16 100 75 43 48 37 23 114 114 51 51 32 96 86 74 46

20 125 94 53 60 46 28 144 144 64 64 41 120 106 92 56

25 156 115 66 75 57 36 179 179 79 79 51 150 132 114 72

C 10 62 47 27 30 23 14 99 99 44 44 27 60 54 46 28

16 100 75 43 48 37 23 159 159 71 71 44 96 86 74 46

20 125 94 53 60 46 28 201 201 89 89 56 120 106 92 56

25 156 115 66 75 57 36 250 250 110 110 71 150 132 114 72

inductive shunt p.f. correction twin-lamp

Loading of automatic circuit breakers for metal halidelamps – Maximum recommended number of electronicballasts per automatic circuit breaker

Electronic ballasts for HIT/HIT-DE/HIE and HIT-CE/HIT-TC-CE/HIT-DE-CE/HIE-CE metal halide lamps,non-dimming (TRIDONIC PCI series):

Chapter 9 / 13

C10 C13 C16 C20 B10 B13 B16 B201.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2

1/20 W HI 24 33 42 48 12 15 19 19

1/35 W HI 16 22 28 32 8 10 13 13

1/70 W HI 10 18 26 30 6 10 13 13

1/150 W HI 7 14 20 20 4 6 7 7

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 13

Page 206: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

14 / Chapter 9

Loading of automatic circuit breakers for electronic ballastsfor fluorescent and compact fluorescent lamps – Maximumrecommended number of electronic ballasts per automaticcircuit breaker

Electronic ballasts for T16 fluorescent lamps, non-dimming(TRIDONIC PC T5 PRO series):

C10 C13 C16 C20 B10 B13 B16 B201.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2

1/14 W T16 46 80 80 140 23 40 40 702/14 W T16 46 80 80 140 23 40 40 703/14 W T16 30 46 50 64 15 23 25 324/14 W T16 30 46 50 64 15 23 25 321/21 W T16 46 80 86 98 23 40 43 492/21 W T16 46 78 80 100 23 39 40 501/28 W T16 44 78 80 90 22 39 40 452/28 W T16 18 28 30 36 9 14 15 181/35 W T16 46 80 80 140 23 40 40 702/35 W T16 20 30 30 44 10 15 15 221/24 W T16 46 80 80 140 23 40 40 702/24 W T16 30 50 50 64 15 25 25 321/39 W T16 30 40 50 60 15 20 25 302/39 W T16 18 28 30 36 9 14 15 181/54 W T16 30 46 50 80 15 23 25 402/54 W T16 14 20 24 30 7 10 12 151/49 W T16 30 46 50 58 15 23 25 292/49 W T16 18 28 30 36 9 14 15 181/80 W T16 18 28 30 36 9 14 15 18

Electronic ballasts for T26 fluorescent lamps, non-dimming(TRIDONIC PC E011/PC T8 PRO series):

C10 C13 C16 C20 B10 B13 B16 B201.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2

1/18 W T26 46/46 80/80 104/140 110/140 23/23 40/40 52/70 55/702/18 W T26 30/44 46/80 68/140 84/140 15/22 23/40 34/70 42/703/18 W T26 32/– 46/– 66/– 80/– 16/– 23/– 33/– 40/–4/18 W T26 20/– 30/– 40/– 44/– 10/– 15/– 20/– 22/–1/36 W T26 32/46 48/80 70/140 84/140 16/23 24/40 35/70 42/702/36 W T26 20/20 30/30 40/42 44/44 10/10 15/15 20/21 22/221/58 W T26 32/32 46/46 66/66 80/80 16/16 23/23 33/33 40/402/58 W T26 14/14 20/20 26/26 30/30 7/7 10/10 13/13 15/15

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 14

Page 207: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 9 / 15

Electronic ballasts for T16 fluorescent lamps, Basicdimming/Dali dimming (TRIDONIC PCA T5 ECO/PCA T5 EXCELone4all series):

C10 C13 C16 C20 B10 B13 B16 B201.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2

1/14 W T16 30 50 70 80 15 25 35 402/14 W T16 22 32 44 50 11 16 22 253/14 W T16 16 26 34 42 8 13 17 214/14 W T16 16 24 34 38 8 12 17 191/21 W T16 30 50 70 76 15 25 35 382/21 W T16 22 32 44 50 11 16 22 251/28 W T16 32 50 72 80 16 25 36 402/28 W T16 16 22 30 34 8 11 15 171/35 W T16 32 50 70 80 16 25 35 402/35 W T16 16 22 30 34 8 11 15 171/24 W T16 22 32 44 50 11 16 22 252/24 W T16 22 32 46 52 11 16 23 261/39 W T16 22 32 44 50 11 16 22 252/39 W T16 14 22 28 34 7 11 14 171/54 W T16 22 32 44 50 11 16 22 252/54 W T16 14 22 28 34 7 11 14 171/80 W T16 10 20 30 30 5 10 15 15

Electronic ballasts for T26 fluorescent lamps, Basicdimming/Dali dimming (TRIDONIC PCA T8 ECO/PCA T8 EXCELone4all series):

C10 C13 C16 C20 B10 B13 B16 B201.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2

1/18 W T26 30 50 80 80 15 25 40 402/18 W T26 20 30 40 46 10 15 20 233/18 W T26 12 18 24 30 6 9 12 154/18 W T26 12 16 24 28 6 8 12 141/30 W T26 30 50 70 76 15 25 35 382/30 W T26 10 20 30 30 5 10 15 151/36 W T26 30 50 70 76 15 25 35 382/36 W T26 10 20 30 30 5 10 15 151/58 W T26 20 30 40 46 10 15 20 232/58 W T26 10 20 30 30 5 10 15 15

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 15

Page 208: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

16 / Chapter 9

Electronic ballasts for TC-L compact fluorescent lamps,Basic dimming/Dali dimming (TRIDONIC PCA TCL ECO/PCA TCL EXCEL one4all series):

C10 C13 C16 C20 B10 B13 B16 B201.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2

1/18 W TC-L 30 50 80 80 15 25 40 402/18 W TC-L 30 50 80 80 15 25 40 401/24 W TC-L 30 50 80 80 15 25 40 402/24 W TC-L 30 50 80 80 15 25 40 401/36 W TC-L 80 80 80 100 40 40 40 502/36 W TC-L 20 30 40 40 10 15 20 201/40 W TC-L 30 50 80 80 15 25 40 402/40 W TC-L 14 20 26 30 7 10 13 151/55 W TC-L 20 30 40 40 10 15 20 202/55 W TC-L 10 14 20 22 5 7 10 111/80 W TC-L 18 28 30 36 9 14 15 18

Electronic ballasts for TC-L compact fluorescent lamps,non-dimming (TRIDONIC PC PRO FSD series):

C10 C13 C16 C20 B10 B13 B16 B201.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2

1/18 W TC-L 30 50 80 80 15 25 40 402/18 W TC-L 30 50 80 80 15 25 40 401/24 W TC-L 30 50 80 80 15 25 40 402/24 W TC-L 30 50 80 80 15 25 40 401/36 W TC-L 80 80 80 100 40 40 40 502/36 W TC-L 20 30 40 40 10 15 20 201/40 W TC-L 30 50 80 80 15 25 40 402/40 W TC-L 14 20 26 30 7 10 13 151/55 W TC-L 20 30 40 40 10 15 20 202/55 W TC-L 10 14 20 22 5 7 10 111/80 W TC-L 18 28 30 36 9 14 15 18

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 16

Page 209: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 9 / 17

Electronic ballasts for TC-DEL/TEL compact fluorescentlamps, non-dimming (TRIDONIC PC PRO series):

C10 C13 C16 C20 B10 B13 B16 B201.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2

1/13 W TC-DEL/TC-TEL 80 80 80 100 40 40 40 50

2/13 W TC-DEL/TC-TEL 80 80 80 100 40 40 40 50

1/18 W TC-DEL/TC-TEL 80 80 80 100 40 40 40 50

2/18 W TC-DEL/TC-TEL 30 50 80 80 15 25 40 40

1/26 W TC-DEL/TC-TEL 30 50 80 80 15 25 40 40

2/26 W TC-DEL/TC-TEL 32 50 80 80 16 25 40 40

1/32 W TC-TEL 30 50 80 80 15 25 40 402/32 W TC-TEL 16 22 30 44 8 11 15 221/42 W TC-TEL 30 50 80 80 15 25 40 402/42 W TC-TEL 16 22 30 44 8 11 15 221/57 W TC-TEL 20 30 30 44 10 15 15 22

C10 C13 C16 C20 B10 B13 B16 B201.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2

1/13 W TC-DEL/TC-TEL 40 60 80 80 20 30 40 40

2/13 W TC-DEL/TC-TEL 28 40 60 64 14 20 30 32

1/18 W TC-DEL/TC-TEL 30 50 70 76 15 25 35 38

2/18 W TC-DEL/TC-TEL 22 32 46 68 11 16 23 34

1/26 W TC-DEL/TC-TEL 30 50 70 76 15 25 35 38

2/26 W TC-DEL/TC-TEL 22 32 46 56 11 16 23 28

1/32 W TC-TEL 26 38 50 58 13 19 25 292/32 W TC-TEL 10 18 24 28 5 9 12 141/42 W TC-TEL 26 38 50 58 13 19 25 292/42 W TC-TEL 10 18 24 28 5 9 12 14

Electronic ballasts for TC-DEL/TEL compact fluorescentlamps, Basic dimming/Dali dimming (TRIDONIC PCA ECO/PCA EXCEL one4all series):

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 17

Page 210: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

18 / Chapter 9

Loading of automatic circuit breakers for high-pressurelamps – Maximum recommended number of ballasts perautomatic circuit breaker

Conventional ballasts for HIT/HIT-DE/HIE metal halidelamps, uncompensated

Lamp values Number of ballasts per automatic circuit breakerW V A C10 C16 C20 C25 B10 B16 B20 B2535 230 0.53 11 18 23 29 9 15 18 2370 230 0.98 7 11 14 17 5 8 9 12

150 230 1.8 4 6 7 9 2 4 5 6250 230 3 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4400 230 3.5 2 3 4 5 1 2 2 3

Conventional ballasts for HST/HST-DE/HSE high-pressuresodium vapour lamps, uncompensated

Lamp values Number of ballasts per automatic circuit breakerW V A C10 C16 C20 C25 B10 B16 B20 B2550 230 0.77 9 14 18 22 6 10 13 1670 230 1 7 11 14 17 5 8 10 12

100 230 1.2 6 9 11 14 4 6 8 10150 230 1.8 4 6 7 9 2 4 5 7250 230 3 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4400 230 4.4 1 2 3 4 1 1 2 2

Conventional ballasts for HME high-pressure mercuryvapour lamps, uncompensated

Lamp values Number of ballasts per automatic circuit breakerW V A C10 C16 C20 C25 B10 B16 B20 B2550 230 0.6 10 15 18 23 8 13 16 2080 230 0.8 6 9 11 14 6 10 12 15

125 230 1.15 4 6 7 9 4 7 9 10250 230 2.15 2 3 3 4 2 3 4 5400 230 3.25 1 2 3 3 1 2 2 2700 230 5.4 1 1 1 2 – 1 1 1

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 18

Page 211: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 9 / 19

Conventional ballasts for HIT/HIT-DE/HIE metal halidelamps, compensated

Lamp Com- Number of ballasts per automatic circuit breakervalues pen-W V sation C10 C16 C20 C25 B10 B16 B20 B2535 230 6 µF 22 36 45 50 11 18 23 2770 230 12 µF 12 18 23 29 8 13 16 20

150 230 20 µF 7 11 14 17 5 8 10 12250 230 32 µF 5 7 9 11 3 5 6 8400 230 35 µF 3 5 7 8 2 4 5 6

Conventional ballasts for HST/HST-DE/HSE high-pressuresodium vapour lamps, compensated

Lamp Com- Number of ballasts per automatic circuit breakervalues pen-W V sation C10 C16 C20 C25 B10 B16 B20 B2550 230 10 µF 16 24 31 38 11 17 22 2770 230 12 µF 12 18 23 29 8 13 16 20

100 230 12 µF 10 16 20 25 7 11 14 17150 230 20 µF 7 11 14 17 5 8 10 12250 230 36 µF 5 7 9 11 3 5 6 8400 230 45 µF 3 4 5 7 2 3 4 5

Conventional ballasts for HME high-pressure mercuryvapour lamps, compensated

Lamp Com- Number of ballasts per automatic circuit breakervalues pen-W V sation C10 C16 C20 C25 B10 B16 B20 B2550 230 7 µF 19 31 39 49 10 15 18 2380 230 8 µF 12 19 24 30 6 9 11 14

125 230 10 µF 7 12 15 19 4 6 7 9250 230 18 µF 4 6 7 9 2 3 3 4400 230 25 µF 2 4 5 6 1 2 2 2700 230 40 µF 1 2 2 3 – 1 1 1

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 19

Page 212: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

20 / Chapter 9

Power C10 C16 B10 B1620 W 58 93 29 4635 W 41 65 20 3250 W 21 35 10 1770 W 15 24 7 1280 W 14 22 7 11

105 W 8 13 4 6150 W 4 6 2 3210 W 2–3 4–5 1 2300 W 1–2 2–3 n.r. 1

Loading of automatic circuit breakers for low-voltagehalogen incandescent lamps – Maximum recommendednumber of transformers per automatic circuit breaker

Magnetic transformers for QT/QR/QR-CB(C) halogenincandescent lamps (TRIDONIC TMBx/OMTx series):

Power C10 C16 B10 B1620 W 42 67 21 3335 W 35 56 17 2840 W 26 43 13 2150 W 23 37 11 1860 W 21 33 10 1670 W 16 26 8 1380 W 13 21 6 10

105 W 9 14 4 7

Magnetic transformers for QT/QR/QR-CB(C) halogenincandescent lamps (TRIDONIC TMAx/TMDx series):

Power C10 C16 B10 B16250 W 3–4 5–6 1–2 2–3300 W 2 3–4 1 1–2500 W 1 1–2 n.r. n.r.

Magnetic transformers for QT/QR/QR-CB(C) halogenincandescent lamps (TRIDONIC OGT series):

n.r. = not recommended

n.r. = not recommended

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 20

Page 213: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Low-voltage installation

Service life and luminous flux

The service life and luminous flux of low-voltage halogen lampsare extremely voltage dependent. Voltage changes on the lineside are transferred to the secondary side in the same ratio.

Operation at rated load

Magnetic transformers should be operated at rated load as far aspossible so as to avoid any rise in the secondary voltage whichcan result in a reduction in lamp service life (5 % overvoltagecorresponds to 30 % shorter life).

Conductor cross-sections and voltage drop

Because the voltages are small, large currents flow on thesecondary side. If conductors are long and have small cross-sections, this can result in considerable voltage drops. Cross-sections must be chosen so that the voltage drop across theconductor between transformer and lamp does not exceed 5 %.

A 1 V overvoltageis insignificant fora 230 W halogenlamp. For a 12 Vhalogen lamp,however, thisrepresents anovervoltage of8 % which re-duces the averageservice life of thehalogen lamp,e.g. from 3,000hours to approx.1,200 hours.

Φ = luminous flux Lh = service life

50

30

20

1086

4

2

1 =100%

0.80.70.60.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.15

7

65

4

3

2

1 =100%0.80.60.40.3

0.2

0.10.080.06

0.040.030.02

Mul

tiplic

atio

n fa

ctor

for r

elat

ive

oper

atin

g va

lues

Voltage as % of nominal voltage

Lh

Lh

Φ

Φ

60 % 80 % 100 % 120 % 140 %

Chapter 9 / 21The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 21

Page 214: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

22 / Chapter 9

Trans-formerrating

Trans-former

Required conductor cross-sections in mm2 as a function oftransformer rating and cable length (one-way line length) formagnetic transformers:

Cable length in m

up to 2 m up to 4 m up to 6 m up to 8 m up to 10 m up to 12 m20 VA 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.550 VA 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 41OO VA 1.5 2.5 4 4 6 6150 VA 2.5 4 6 6 10 10200 VA 4 4 6 10 10 16

Installation

The distance between transformer and lamps must be as shortas possible (minimum distance, however, is approx. 30 cm) inorder to avoid the relatively large conductor cross-sections.On the other hand, there is often unwanted humming, especiallywhen lighting is adjusted; therefore the transformer must beinstalled out of earshot if possible.

Wherever possible, cables must be laid in a star configuration and be of equal length to ensure that all lamps receive the samevoltage.

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 22

Page 215: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Transformers and light regulation

Only approved safety transformers should be used. The ambienttemperature must not exceed 50 °C max. Please note that trans-formers for use in areas which present fire risks must carry theappropriate conformity mark (e.g. , , , ).

Phase control

Halogen lamps are operated with a magnetic transformer.

Reverse phase control

Halogen lamps are operated with an electronic transformer in the high-frequency range. Important: do not exceed maximumconductor length.

Safety measures when operating low-voltage halogen lamps

Low-voltage halogen lamps generate a huge amount of heat.In the case of recessed luminaires, make sure there is adequateheat removal and that the safety distances from combustiblematerials are observed.The necessary safety distances from the illuminated surface also apply when using spotlights. These are identified by thefollowing symbol and details of the relevant distance in metres:

Chapter 9 / 23

… m

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

09_ELEKTROTECH_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 9:51 Uhr Seite 23

Page 216: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

00_INHALTSVER_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:21 Uhr Seite 2

Page 217: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Personal Notes

Chapter 10The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

10_NOTIZEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:51 Uhr Seite 1

Page 218: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Personal Notes

Chapter 10 The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

10_NOTIZEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:51 Uhr Seite 2

Page 219: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 10

Personal Notes

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

10_NOTIZEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:51 Uhr Seite 3

Page 220: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Personal Notes

Chapter 10 The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

10_NOTIZEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:51 Uhr Seite 4

Page 221: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Chapter 10

Personal Notes

The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

10_NOTIZEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:51 Uhr Seite 5

Page 222: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Personal Notes

Chapter 10 The

Ligh

ting

Hand

book

10_NOTIZEN_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:51 Uhr Seite 6

Page 223: Zumtobel Lighting Handbook

Norway

Zumtobel Staff Belysning AS

Industriveien 11

1481 Hagan

Tel: +47/(0)670/62230

Fax: +47/(0)670/62269

Email: [email protected]

Sweden

Zumtobel Staff AB

Norr Mälarstrand 8

11220 Stockholm

Tel: +46/(0)8/6511480

Fax: +46/(0)8/265605

E-mail: [email protected]

Head offices

Zumtobel Staff GmbH

Schweizer Strasse 30

Postfach 72

A-6851 Dornbirn, AUSTRIA

Tel. +43/(0)5572/390-0

Fax +43/(0)5572/22 826

Zumtobel Staff GmbH & Co. KG

Grevenmarschstr. 74-78

D-32657 Lemgo, GERMANY

Tel. +49/(0)5261/2 12-0

Fax +49/(0)5261/2 12-7777

www.zumtobelstaff.de

www.zumtobelstaff.com

Art.-No. 04 797 525-UK 07/04 © Zumtobel StaffTechnical data was correct at time of going to press.We reserve the right to make technical changes without notice.Please contact your local sales office for further information.Printed on environmentally-friendly chlorine-free paper.

United Kingdom

Zumtobel Staff Lighting Ltd.

Unit 4 - The Argent Centre,

Pump Lane

Hayes/Middlesex UB3 3BL

Tel. +44/(0)20 8589 1800

Fax +44/(0)20 8756 4800

Email: [email protected]

www.zumtobelstaff.co.uk

USA and Canada

Zumtobel Staff Lighting

3300 Route 9W

Highland, New York 1258-2630

Tel. +1/(0)845/691 62 62

Fax +1/(0)845/691 62 89

www.zumtobelstaff.us

Australia and New Zealand

Zumtobel Staff (Australia) Pty. Ltd.

2 Wella Way

Somersby, NSW 2250

Tel. +61/(2)4340 3200

Fax +61/(2)4340 2108

Email: [email protected]

www.zumtobelstaff.com.au

00_INHALTSVER_uk.qxd 24.06.2004 10:10 Uhr Seite 2


Recommended